| 1 | /* X86-64 specific support for ELF |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 2000-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 3 | Contributed by Jan Hubicka <jh@suse.cz>. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 10 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 19 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, |
| 20 | MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| 21 | |
| 22 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 23 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 24 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
| 25 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 26 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| 27 | #include "elf-nacl.h" |
| 28 | #include "bfd_stdint.h" |
| 29 | #include "objalloc.h" |
| 30 | #include "hashtab.h" |
| 31 | #include "dwarf2.h" |
| 32 | #include "libiberty.h" |
| 33 | |
| 34 | #include "opcode/i386.h" |
| 35 | #include "elf/x86-64.h" |
| 36 | |
| 37 | #ifdef CORE_HEADER |
| 38 | #include <stdarg.h> |
| 39 | #include CORE_HEADER |
| 40 | #endif |
| 41 | |
| 42 | /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value. */ |
| 43 | #define MINUS_ONE (~ (bfd_vma) 0) |
| 44 | |
| 45 | /* Since both 32-bit and 64-bit x86-64 encode relocation type in the |
| 46 | identical manner, we use ELF32_R_TYPE instead of ELF64_R_TYPE to get |
| 47 | relocation type. We also use ELF_ST_TYPE instead of ELF64_ST_TYPE |
| 48 | since they are the same. */ |
| 49 | |
| 50 | #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \ |
| 51 | (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64) |
| 52 | |
| 53 | /* The relocation "howto" table. Order of fields: |
| 54 | type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, bitpos, complain_on_overflow, |
| 55 | special_function, name, partial_inplace, src_mask, dst_mask, pcrel_offset. */ |
| 56 | static reloc_howto_type x86_64_elf_howto_table[] = |
| 57 | { |
| 58 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_NONE, 0, 3, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont, |
| 59 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_NONE", FALSE, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, |
| 60 | FALSE), |
| 61 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 62 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 63 | FALSE), |
| 64 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_PC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 65 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PC32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, |
| 66 | TRUE), |
| 67 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOT32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 68 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOT32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, |
| 69 | FALSE), |
| 70 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_PLT32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 71 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PLT32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, |
| 72 | TRUE), |
| 73 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_COPY, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 74 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_COPY", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, |
| 75 | FALSE), |
| 76 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 77 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 78 | MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 79 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 80 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 81 | MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 82 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_RELATIVE, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 83 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_RELATIVE", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 84 | MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 85 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPCREL, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 86 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPCREL", FALSE, 0xffffffff, |
| 87 | 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 88 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_unsigned, |
| 89 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, |
| 90 | FALSE), |
| 91 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_32S, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 92 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_32S", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, |
| 93 | FALSE), |
| 94 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_16, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 95 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_16", FALSE, 0xffff, 0xffff, FALSE), |
| 96 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_PC16,0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 97 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PC16", FALSE, 0xffff, 0xffff, TRUE), |
| 98 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 99 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_8", FALSE, 0xff, 0xff, FALSE), |
| 100 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 101 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PC8", FALSE, 0xff, 0xff, TRUE), |
| 102 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_DTPMOD64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 103 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_DTPMOD64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 104 | MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 105 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_DTPOFF64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 106 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_DTPOFF64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 107 | MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 108 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_TPOFF64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 109 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_TPOFF64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 110 | MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 111 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_TLSGD, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 112 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_TLSGD", FALSE, 0xffffffff, |
| 113 | 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 114 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_TLSLD, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 115 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_TLSLD", FALSE, 0xffffffff, |
| 116 | 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 117 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_DTPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 118 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_DTPOFF32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, |
| 119 | 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 120 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 121 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF", FALSE, 0xffffffff, |
| 122 | 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 123 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_TPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 124 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_TPOFF32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, |
| 125 | 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 126 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_PC64, 0, 4, 64, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 127 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PC64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 128 | TRUE), |
| 129 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTOFF64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 130 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTOFF64", |
| 131 | FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 132 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 133 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPC32", |
| 134 | FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 135 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOT64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 136 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOT64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 137 | FALSE), |
| 138 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64, 0, 4, 64, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 139 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 140 | MINUS_ONE, TRUE), |
| 141 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPC64, 0, 4, 64, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 142 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPC64", |
| 143 | FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, TRUE), |
| 144 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPLT64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 145 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPLT64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 146 | MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 147 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_PLTOFF64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 148 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PLTOFF64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 149 | MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 150 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_SIZE32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_unsigned, |
| 151 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_SIZE32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, |
| 152 | FALSE), |
| 153 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_SIZE64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_unsigned, |
| 154 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_SIZE64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 155 | FALSE), |
| 156 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, |
| 157 | complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, |
| 158 | "R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC", |
| 159 | FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 160 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, |
| 161 | complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, |
| 162 | "R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL", |
| 163 | FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE), |
| 164 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_TLSDESC, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, |
| 165 | complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, |
| 166 | "R_X86_64_TLSDESC", |
| 167 | FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 168 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_IRELATIVE, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 169 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_IRELATIVE", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 170 | MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 171 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_RELATIVE64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 172 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_RELATIVE64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, |
| 173 | MINUS_ONE, FALSE), |
| 174 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_PC32_BND, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 175 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PC32_BND", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, |
| 176 | TRUE), |
| 177 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_PLT32_BND, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 178 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PLT32_BND", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, |
| 179 | TRUE), |
| 180 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 181 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX", FALSE, 0xffffffff, |
| 182 | 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 183 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 184 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX", FALSE, 0xffffffff, |
| 185 | 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 186 | |
| 187 | /* We have a gap in the reloc numbers here. |
| 188 | R_X86_64_standard counts the number up to this point, and |
| 189 | R_X86_64_vt_offset is the value to subtract from a reloc type of |
| 190 | R_X86_64_GNU_VT* to form an index into this table. */ |
| 191 | #define R_X86_64_standard (R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX + 1) |
| 192 | #define R_X86_64_vt_offset (R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_X86_64_standard) |
| 193 | |
| 194 | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ |
| 195 | HOWTO (R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 4, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont, |
| 196 | NULL, "R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT", FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE), |
| 197 | |
| 198 | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ |
| 199 | HOWTO (R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 4, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont, |
| 200 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, "R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY", FALSE, 0, 0, |
| 201 | FALSE), |
| 202 | |
| 203 | /* Use complain_overflow_bitfield on R_X86_64_32 for x32. */ |
| 204 | HOWTO(R_X86_64_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 205 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, |
| 206 | FALSE) |
| 207 | }; |
| 208 | |
| 209 | #define IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE(TYPE) \ |
| 210 | ( ((TYPE) == R_X86_64_PC8) \ |
| 211 | || ((TYPE) == R_X86_64_PC16) \ |
| 212 | || ((TYPE) == R_X86_64_PC32) \ |
| 213 | || ((TYPE) == R_X86_64_PC32_BND) \ |
| 214 | || ((TYPE) == R_X86_64_PC64)) |
| 215 | |
| 216 | /* Map BFD relocs to the x86_64 elf relocs. */ |
| 217 | struct elf_reloc_map |
| 218 | { |
| 219 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val; |
| 220 | unsigned char elf_reloc_val; |
| 221 | }; |
| 222 | |
| 223 | static const struct elf_reloc_map x86_64_reloc_map[] = |
| 224 | { |
| 225 | { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_X86_64_NONE, }, |
| 226 | { BFD_RELOC_64, R_X86_64_64, }, |
| 227 | { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_X86_64_PC32, }, |
| 228 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOT32, R_X86_64_GOT32,}, |
| 229 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_PLT32, R_X86_64_PLT32,}, |
| 230 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_COPY, R_X86_64_COPY, }, |
| 231 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GLOB_DAT, R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT, }, |
| 232 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT, R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT, }, |
| 233 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_RELATIVE, R_X86_64_RELATIVE, }, |
| 234 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPCREL, R_X86_64_GOTPCREL, }, |
| 235 | { BFD_RELOC_32, R_X86_64_32, }, |
| 236 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_32S, R_X86_64_32S, }, |
| 237 | { BFD_RELOC_16, R_X86_64_16, }, |
| 238 | { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_X86_64_PC16, }, |
| 239 | { BFD_RELOC_8, R_X86_64_8, }, |
| 240 | { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_X86_64_PC8, }, |
| 241 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_DTPMOD64, R_X86_64_DTPMOD64, }, |
| 242 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_DTPOFF64, R_X86_64_DTPOFF64, }, |
| 243 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TPOFF64, R_X86_64_TPOFF64, }, |
| 244 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TLSGD, R_X86_64_TLSGD, }, |
| 245 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TLSLD, R_X86_64_TLSLD, }, |
| 246 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_DTPOFF32, R_X86_64_DTPOFF32, }, |
| 247 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTTPOFF, R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF, }, |
| 248 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TPOFF32, R_X86_64_TPOFF32, }, |
| 249 | { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_X86_64_PC64, }, |
| 250 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTOFF64, R_X86_64_GOTOFF64, }, |
| 251 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPC32, R_X86_64_GOTPC32, }, |
| 252 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOT64, R_X86_64_GOT64, }, |
| 253 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPCREL64,R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64, }, |
| 254 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPC64, R_X86_64_GOTPC64, }, |
| 255 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPLT64, R_X86_64_GOTPLT64, }, |
| 256 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_PLTOFF64, R_X86_64_PLTOFF64, }, |
| 257 | { BFD_RELOC_SIZE32, R_X86_64_SIZE32, }, |
| 258 | { BFD_RELOC_SIZE64, R_X86_64_SIZE64, }, |
| 259 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC, R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC, }, |
| 260 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL, R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL, }, |
| 261 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TLSDESC, R_X86_64_TLSDESC, }, |
| 262 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_IRELATIVE, R_X86_64_IRELATIVE, }, |
| 263 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_PC32_BND, R_X86_64_PC32_BND, }, |
| 264 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_PLT32_BND, R_X86_64_PLT32_BND, }, |
| 265 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPCRELX, R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX, }, |
| 266 | { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX, R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX, }, |
| 267 | { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT, }, |
| 268 | { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY, }, |
| 269 | }; |
| 270 | |
| 271 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 272 | elf_x86_64_rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, unsigned r_type) |
| 273 | { |
| 274 | unsigned i; |
| 275 | |
| 276 | if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_X86_64_32) |
| 277 | { |
| 278 | if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) |
| 279 | i = r_type; |
| 280 | else |
| 281 | i = ARRAY_SIZE (x86_64_elf_howto_table) - 1; |
| 282 | } |
| 283 | else if (r_type < (unsigned int) R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT |
| 284 | || r_type >= (unsigned int) R_X86_64_max) |
| 285 | { |
| 286 | if (r_type >= (unsigned int) R_X86_64_standard) |
| 287 | { |
| 288 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"), |
| 289 | abfd, (int) r_type); |
| 290 | r_type = R_X86_64_NONE; |
| 291 | } |
| 292 | i = r_type; |
| 293 | } |
| 294 | else |
| 295 | i = r_type - (unsigned int) R_X86_64_vt_offset; |
| 296 | BFD_ASSERT (x86_64_elf_howto_table[i].type == r_type); |
| 297 | return &x86_64_elf_howto_table[i]; |
| 298 | } |
| 299 | |
| 300 | /* Given a BFD reloc type, return a HOWTO structure. */ |
| 301 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 302 | elf_x86_64_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, |
| 303 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) |
| 304 | { |
| 305 | unsigned int i; |
| 306 | |
| 307 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof (x86_64_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); |
| 308 | i++) |
| 309 | { |
| 310 | if (x86_64_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code) |
| 311 | return elf_x86_64_rtype_to_howto (abfd, |
| 312 | x86_64_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val); |
| 313 | } |
| 314 | return NULL; |
| 315 | } |
| 316 | |
| 317 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 318 | elf_x86_64_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, |
| 319 | const char *r_name) |
| 320 | { |
| 321 | unsigned int i; |
| 322 | |
| 323 | if (!ABI_64_P (abfd) && strcasecmp (r_name, "R_X86_64_32") == 0) |
| 324 | { |
| 325 | /* Get x32 R_X86_64_32. */ |
| 326 | reloc_howto_type *reloc |
| 327 | = &x86_64_elf_howto_table[ARRAY_SIZE (x86_64_elf_howto_table) - 1]; |
| 328 | BFD_ASSERT (reloc->type == (unsigned int) R_X86_64_32); |
| 329 | return reloc; |
| 330 | } |
| 331 | |
| 332 | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (x86_64_elf_howto_table); i++) |
| 333 | if (x86_64_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL |
| 334 | && strcasecmp (x86_64_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) |
| 335 | return &x86_64_elf_howto_table[i]; |
| 336 | |
| 337 | return NULL; |
| 338 | } |
| 339 | |
| 340 | /* Given an x86_64 ELF reloc type, fill in an arelent structure. */ |
| 341 | |
| 342 | static void |
| 343 | elf_x86_64_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *cache_ptr, |
| 344 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) |
| 345 | { |
| 346 | unsigned r_type; |
| 347 | |
| 348 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); |
| 349 | cache_ptr->howto = elf_x86_64_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type); |
| 350 | BFD_ASSERT (r_type == cache_ptr->howto->type); |
| 351 | } |
| 352 | \f |
| 353 | /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ |
| 354 | static bfd_boolean |
| 355 | elf_x86_64_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 356 | { |
| 357 | int offset; |
| 358 | size_t size; |
| 359 | |
| 360 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 361 | { |
| 362 | default: |
| 363 | return FALSE; |
| 364 | |
| 365 | case 296: /* sizeof(istruct elf_prstatus) on Linux/x32 */ |
| 366 | /* pr_cursig */ |
| 367 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 368 | |
| 369 | /* pr_pid */ |
| 370 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
| 371 | |
| 372 | /* pr_reg */ |
| 373 | offset = 72; |
| 374 | size = 216; |
| 375 | |
| 376 | break; |
| 377 | |
| 378 | case 336: /* sizeof(istruct elf_prstatus) on Linux/x86_64 */ |
| 379 | /* pr_cursig */ |
| 380 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal |
| 381 | = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 382 | |
| 383 | /* pr_pid */ |
| 384 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid |
| 385 | = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 32); |
| 386 | |
| 387 | /* pr_reg */ |
| 388 | offset = 112; |
| 389 | size = 216; |
| 390 | |
| 391 | break; |
| 392 | } |
| 393 | |
| 394 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 395 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| 396 | size, note->descpos + offset); |
| 397 | } |
| 398 | |
| 399 | static bfd_boolean |
| 400 | elf_x86_64_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 401 | { |
| 402 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 403 | { |
| 404 | default: |
| 405 | return FALSE; |
| 406 | |
| 407 | case 124: /* sizeof(struct elf_prpsinfo) on Linux/x32 */ |
| 408 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid |
| 409 | = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 410 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| 411 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16); |
| 412 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 413 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80); |
| 414 | break; |
| 415 | |
| 416 | case 136: /* sizeof(struct elf_prpsinfo) on Linux/x86_64 */ |
| 417 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid |
| 418 | = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
| 419 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| 420 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 40, 16); |
| 421 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 422 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 56, 80); |
| 423 | } |
| 424 | |
| 425 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
| 426 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
| 427 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
| 428 | |
| 429 | { |
| 430 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; |
| 431 | int n = strlen (command); |
| 432 | |
| 433 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
| 434 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
| 435 | } |
| 436 | |
| 437 | return TRUE; |
| 438 | } |
| 439 | |
| 440 | #ifdef CORE_HEADER |
| 441 | static char * |
| 442 | elf_x86_64_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, |
| 443 | int note_type, ...) |
| 444 | { |
| 445 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 446 | va_list ap; |
| 447 | const char *fname, *psargs; |
| 448 | long pid; |
| 449 | int cursig; |
| 450 | const void *gregs; |
| 451 | |
| 452 | switch (note_type) |
| 453 | { |
| 454 | default: |
| 455 | return NULL; |
| 456 | |
| 457 | case NT_PRPSINFO: |
| 458 | va_start (ap, note_type); |
| 459 | fname = va_arg (ap, const char *); |
| 460 | psargs = va_arg (ap, const char *); |
| 461 | va_end (ap); |
| 462 | |
| 463 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
| 464 | { |
| 465 | prpsinfo32_t data; |
| 466 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| 467 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
| 468 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
| 469 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type, |
| 470 | &data, sizeof (data)); |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | else |
| 473 | { |
| 474 | prpsinfo64_t data; |
| 475 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| 476 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
| 477 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
| 478 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type, |
| 479 | &data, sizeof (data)); |
| 480 | } |
| 481 | /* NOTREACHED */ |
| 482 | |
| 483 | case NT_PRSTATUS: |
| 484 | va_start (ap, note_type); |
| 485 | pid = va_arg (ap, long); |
| 486 | cursig = va_arg (ap, int); |
| 487 | gregs = va_arg (ap, const void *); |
| 488 | va_end (ap); |
| 489 | |
| 490 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
| 491 | { |
| 492 | if (bed->elf_machine_code == EM_X86_64) |
| 493 | { |
| 494 | prstatusx32_t prstat; |
| 495 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 496 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
| 497 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| 498 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
| 499 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type, |
| 500 | &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 501 | } |
| 502 | else |
| 503 | { |
| 504 | prstatus32_t prstat; |
| 505 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 506 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
| 507 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| 508 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
| 509 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type, |
| 510 | &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 511 | } |
| 512 | } |
| 513 | else |
| 514 | { |
| 515 | prstatus64_t prstat; |
| 516 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 517 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
| 518 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| 519 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
| 520 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type, |
| 521 | &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 522 | } |
| 523 | } |
| 524 | /* NOTREACHED */ |
| 525 | } |
| 526 | #endif |
| 527 | \f |
| 528 | /* Functions for the x86-64 ELF linker. */ |
| 529 | |
| 530 | /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp |
| 531 | section. */ |
| 532 | |
| 533 | #define ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ld64.so.1" |
| 534 | #define ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ldx32.so.1" |
| 535 | |
| 536 | /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid |
| 537 | copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss |
| 538 | section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the |
| 539 | shared lib. */ |
| 540 | #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1 |
| 541 | |
| 542 | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the global offset table. */ |
| 543 | |
| 544 | #define GOT_ENTRY_SIZE 8 |
| 545 | |
| 546 | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 547 | |
| 548 | #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16 |
| 549 | |
| 550 | /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this. See the |
| 551 | SVR4 ABI i386 supplement and the x86-64 ABI to see how this works. */ |
| 552 | |
| 553 | static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 554 | { |
| 555 | 0xff, 0x35, 8, 0, 0, 0, /* pushq GOT+8(%rip) */ |
| 556 | 0xff, 0x25, 16, 0, 0, 0, /* jmpq *GOT+16(%rip) */ |
| 557 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x40, 0x00 /* nopl 0(%rax) */ |
| 558 | }; |
| 559 | |
| 560 | /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 561 | |
| 562 | static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 563 | { |
| 564 | 0xff, 0x25, /* jmpq *name@GOTPC(%rip) */ |
| 565 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to this symbol in .got. */ |
| 566 | 0x68, /* pushq immediate */ |
| 567 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with index into relocation table. */ |
| 568 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 569 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt0. */ |
| 570 | }; |
| 571 | |
| 572 | /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table with BND relocations |
| 573 | like this. */ |
| 574 | |
| 575 | static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_bnd_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 576 | { |
| 577 | 0xff, 0x35, 8, 0, 0, 0, /* pushq GOT+8(%rip) */ |
| 578 | 0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, 16, 0, 0, 0, /* bnd jmpq *GOT+16(%rip) */ |
| 579 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0 /* nopl (%rax) */ |
| 580 | }; |
| 581 | |
| 582 | /* Subsequent entries for legacy branches in a procedure linkage table |
| 583 | with BND relocations look like this. */ |
| 584 | |
| 585 | static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_legacy_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 586 | { |
| 587 | 0x68, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* pushq immediate */ |
| 588 | 0xe9, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* jmpq relative */ |
| 589 | 0x66, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x44, 0, 0 /* nopw (%rax,%rax,1) */ |
| 590 | }; |
| 591 | |
| 592 | /* Subsequent entries for branches with BND prefx in a procedure linkage |
| 593 | table with BND relocations look like this. */ |
| 594 | |
| 595 | static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_bnd_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 596 | { |
| 597 | 0x68, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* pushq immediate */ |
| 598 | 0xf2, 0xe9, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* bnd jmpq relative */ |
| 599 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x44, 0, 0 /* nopl 0(%rax,%rax,1) */ |
| 600 | }; |
| 601 | |
| 602 | /* Entries for legacy branches in the second procedure linkage table |
| 603 | look like this. */ |
| 604 | |
| 605 | static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry[8] = |
| 606 | { |
| 607 | 0xff, 0x25, /* jmpq *name@GOTPC(%rip) */ |
| 608 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to this symbol in .got. */ |
| 609 | 0x66, 0x90 /* xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 610 | }; |
| 611 | |
| 612 | /* Entries for branches with BND prefix in the second procedure linkage |
| 613 | table look like this. */ |
| 614 | |
| 615 | static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry[8] = |
| 616 | { |
| 617 | 0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, /* bnd jmpq *name@GOTPC(%rip) */ |
| 618 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to this symbol in .got. */ |
| 619 | 0x90 /* nop */ |
| 620 | }; |
| 621 | |
| 622 | /* .eh_frame covering the .plt section. */ |
| 623 | |
| 624 | static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt[] = |
| 625 | { |
| 626 | #define PLT_CIE_LENGTH 20 |
| 627 | #define PLT_FDE_LENGTH 36 |
| 628 | #define PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8 |
| 629 | #define PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12 |
| 630 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */ |
| 631 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */ |
| 632 | 1, /* CIE version */ |
| 633 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */ |
| 634 | 1, /* Code alignment factor */ |
| 635 | 0x78, /* Data alignment factor */ |
| 636 | 16, /* Return address column */ |
| 637 | 1, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 638 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */ |
| 639 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 7, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r7 (rsp) ofs 8 */ |
| 640 | DW_CFA_offset + 16, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r16 (rip) at cfa-8 */ |
| 641 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, |
| 642 | |
| 643 | PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */ |
| 644 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */ |
| 645 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_X86_64_PC32 .plt goes here */ |
| 646 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */ |
| 647 | 0, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 648 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16 */ |
| 649 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */ |
| 650 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24 */ |
| 651 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 10 to __PLT__+16 */ |
| 652 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */ |
| 653 | 11, /* Block length */ |
| 654 | DW_OP_breg7, 8, /* DW_OP_breg7 (rsp): 8 */ |
| 655 | DW_OP_breg16, 0, /* DW_OP_breg16 (rip): 0 */ |
| 656 | DW_OP_lit15, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_lit11, DW_OP_ge, |
| 657 | DW_OP_lit3, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus, |
| 658 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop |
| 659 | }; |
| 660 | |
| 661 | /* Architecture-specific backend data for x86-64. */ |
| 662 | |
| 663 | struct elf_x86_64_backend_data |
| 664 | { |
| 665 | /* Templates for the initial PLT entry and for subsequent entries. */ |
| 666 | const bfd_byte *plt0_entry; |
| 667 | const bfd_byte *plt_entry; |
| 668 | unsigned int plt_entry_size; /* Size of each PLT entry. */ |
| 669 | |
| 670 | /* Offsets into plt0_entry that are to be replaced with GOT[1] and GOT[2]. */ |
| 671 | unsigned int plt0_got1_offset; |
| 672 | unsigned int plt0_got2_offset; |
| 673 | |
| 674 | /* Offset of the end of the PC-relative instruction containing |
| 675 | plt0_got2_offset. */ |
| 676 | unsigned int plt0_got2_insn_end; |
| 677 | |
| 678 | /* Offsets into plt_entry that are to be replaced with... */ |
| 679 | unsigned int plt_got_offset; /* ... address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 680 | unsigned int plt_reloc_offset; /* ... offset into relocation table. */ |
| 681 | unsigned int plt_plt_offset; /* ... offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 682 | |
| 683 | /* Length of the PC-relative instruction containing plt_got_offset. */ |
| 684 | unsigned int plt_got_insn_size; |
| 685 | |
| 686 | /* Offset of the end of the PC-relative jump to plt0_entry. */ |
| 687 | unsigned int plt_plt_insn_end; |
| 688 | |
| 689 | /* Offset into plt_entry where the initial value of the GOT entry points. */ |
| 690 | unsigned int plt_lazy_offset; |
| 691 | |
| 692 | /* .eh_frame covering the .plt section. */ |
| 693 | const bfd_byte *eh_frame_plt; |
| 694 | unsigned int eh_frame_plt_size; |
| 695 | }; |
| 696 | |
| 697 | #define get_elf_x86_64_arch_data(bed) \ |
| 698 | ((const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data *) (bed)->arch_data) |
| 699 | |
| 700 | #define get_elf_x86_64_backend_data(abfd) \ |
| 701 | get_elf_x86_64_arch_data (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)) |
| 702 | |
| 703 | #define GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(abfd) \ |
| 704 | get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (abfd)->plt_entry_size |
| 705 | |
| 706 | /* These are the standard parameters. */ |
| 707 | static const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data elf_x86_64_arch_bed = |
| 708 | { |
| 709 | elf_x86_64_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */ |
| 710 | elf_x86_64_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 711 | sizeof (elf_x86_64_plt_entry), /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 712 | 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */ |
| 713 | 8, /* plt0_got2_offset */ |
| 714 | 12, /* plt0_got2_insn_end */ |
| 715 | 2, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 716 | 7, /* plt_reloc_offset */ |
| 717 | 12, /* plt_plt_offset */ |
| 718 | 6, /* plt_got_insn_size */ |
| 719 | PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_plt_insn_end */ |
| 720 | 6, /* plt_lazy_offset */ |
| 721 | elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 722 | sizeof (elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt), /* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 723 | }; |
| 724 | |
| 725 | static const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed = |
| 726 | { |
| 727 | elf_x86_64_bnd_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */ |
| 728 | elf_x86_64_bnd_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 729 | sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt_entry), /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 730 | 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */ |
| 731 | 1+8, /* plt0_got2_offset */ |
| 732 | 1+12, /* plt0_got2_insn_end */ |
| 733 | 1+2, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 734 | 1, /* plt_reloc_offset */ |
| 735 | 7, /* plt_plt_offset */ |
| 736 | 1+6, /* plt_got_insn_size */ |
| 737 | 11, /* plt_plt_insn_end */ |
| 738 | 0, /* plt_lazy_offset */ |
| 739 | elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 740 | sizeof (elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt), /* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 741 | }; |
| 742 | |
| 743 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_x86_64_arch_bed |
| 744 | |
| 745 | /* Is a undefined weak symbol which is resolved to 0. Reference to an |
| 746 | undefined weak symbol is resolved to 0 when building executable if |
| 747 | it isn't dynamic and |
| 748 | 1. Has non-GOT/non-PLT relocations in text section. Or |
| 749 | 2. Has no GOT/PLT relocation. |
| 750 | */ |
| 751 | #define UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO(INFO, GOT_RELOC, EH) \ |
| 752 | ((EH)->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak \ |
| 753 | && bfd_link_executable (INFO) \ |
| 754 | && (elf_x86_64_hash_table (INFO)->interp == NULL \ |
| 755 | || !(GOT_RELOC) \ |
| 756 | || (EH)->has_non_got_reloc \ |
| 757 | || !(INFO)->dynamic_undefined_weak)) |
| 758 | |
| 759 | /* x86-64 ELF linker hash entry. */ |
| 760 | |
| 761 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry |
| 762 | { |
| 763 | struct elf_link_hash_entry elf; |
| 764 | |
| 765 | /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */ |
| 766 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs; |
| 767 | |
| 768 | #define GOT_UNKNOWN 0 |
| 769 | #define GOT_NORMAL 1 |
| 770 | #define GOT_TLS_GD 2 |
| 771 | #define GOT_TLS_IE 3 |
| 772 | #define GOT_TLS_GDESC 4 |
| 773 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(type) \ |
| 774 | ((type) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_GDESC)) |
| 775 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_P(type) \ |
| 776 | ((type) == GOT_TLS_GD || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type)) |
| 777 | #define GOT_TLS_GDESC_P(type) \ |
| 778 | ((type) == GOT_TLS_GDESC || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type)) |
| 779 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type) \ |
| 780 | (GOT_TLS_GD_P (type) || GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (type)) |
| 781 | unsigned char tls_type; |
| 782 | |
| 783 | /* TRUE if a weak symbol with a real definition needs a copy reloc. |
| 784 | When there is a weak symbol with a real definition, the processor |
| 785 | independent code will have arranged for us to see the real |
| 786 | definition first. We need to copy the needs_copy bit from the |
| 787 | real definition and check it when allowing copy reloc in PIE. */ |
| 788 | unsigned int needs_copy : 1; |
| 789 | |
| 790 | /* TRUE if symbol has at least one BND relocation. */ |
| 791 | unsigned int has_bnd_reloc : 1; |
| 792 | |
| 793 | /* TRUE if symbol has GOT or PLT relocations. */ |
| 794 | unsigned int has_got_reloc : 1; |
| 795 | |
| 796 | /* TRUE if symbol has non-GOT/non-PLT relocations in text sections. */ |
| 797 | unsigned int has_non_got_reloc : 1; |
| 798 | |
| 799 | /* 0: symbol isn't __tls_get_addr. |
| 800 | 1: symbol is __tls_get_addr. |
| 801 | 2: symbol is unknown. */ |
| 802 | unsigned int tls_get_addr : 2; |
| 803 | |
| 804 | /* Reference count of C/C++ function pointer relocations in read-write |
| 805 | section which can be resolved at run-time. */ |
| 806 | bfd_signed_vma func_pointer_refcount; |
| 807 | |
| 808 | /* Information about the GOT PLT entry. Filled when there are both |
| 809 | GOT and PLT relocations against the same function. */ |
| 810 | union gotplt_union plt_got; |
| 811 | |
| 812 | /* Information about the second PLT entry. Filled when has_bnd_reloc is |
| 813 | set. */ |
| 814 | union gotplt_union plt_bnd; |
| 815 | |
| 816 | /* Offset of the GOTPLT entry reserved for the TLS descriptor, |
| 817 | starting at the end of the jump table. */ |
| 818 | bfd_vma tlsdesc_got; |
| 819 | }; |
| 820 | |
| 821 | #define elf_x86_64_hash_entry(ent) \ |
| 822 | ((struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *)(ent)) |
| 823 | |
| 824 | struct elf_x86_64_obj_tdata |
| 825 | { |
| 826 | struct elf_obj_tdata root; |
| 827 | |
| 828 | /* tls_type for each local got entry. */ |
| 829 | char *local_got_tls_type; |
| 830 | |
| 831 | /* GOTPLT entries for TLS descriptors. */ |
| 832 | bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent; |
| 833 | }; |
| 834 | |
| 835 | #define elf_x86_64_tdata(abfd) \ |
| 836 | ((struct elf_x86_64_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any) |
| 837 | |
| 838 | #define elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \ |
| 839 | (elf_x86_64_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type) |
| 840 | |
| 841 | #define elf_x86_64_local_tlsdesc_gotent(abfd) \ |
| 842 | (elf_x86_64_tdata (abfd)->local_tlsdesc_gotent) |
| 843 | |
| 844 | #define is_x86_64_elf(bfd) \ |
| 845 | (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ |
| 846 | && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \ |
| 847 | && elf_object_id (bfd) == X86_64_ELF_DATA) |
| 848 | |
| 849 | static bfd_boolean |
| 850 | elf_x86_64_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
| 851 | { |
| 852 | return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_x86_64_obj_tdata), |
| 853 | X86_64_ELF_DATA); |
| 854 | } |
| 855 | |
| 856 | /* x86-64 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 857 | |
| 858 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table |
| 859 | { |
| 860 | struct elf_link_hash_table elf; |
| 861 | |
| 862 | /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ |
| 863 | asection *interp; |
| 864 | asection *sdynbss; |
| 865 | asection *srelbss; |
| 866 | asection *plt_eh_frame; |
| 867 | asection *plt_bnd; |
| 868 | asection *plt_got; |
| 869 | |
| 870 | union |
| 871 | { |
| 872 | bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
| 873 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 874 | } tls_ld_got; |
| 875 | |
| 876 | /* The amount of space used by the jump slots in the GOT. */ |
| 877 | bfd_vma sgotplt_jump_table_size; |
| 878 | |
| 879 | /* Small local sym cache. */ |
| 880 | struct sym_cache sym_cache; |
| 881 | |
| 882 | bfd_vma (*r_info) (bfd_vma, bfd_vma); |
| 883 | bfd_vma (*r_sym) (bfd_vma); |
| 884 | unsigned int pointer_r_type; |
| 885 | const char *dynamic_interpreter; |
| 886 | int dynamic_interpreter_size; |
| 887 | |
| 888 | /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol. */ |
| 889 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *tls_module_base; |
| 890 | |
| 891 | /* Used by local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 892 | htab_t loc_hash_table; |
| 893 | void * loc_hash_memory; |
| 894 | |
| 895 | /* The offset into splt of the PLT entry for the TLS descriptor |
| 896 | resolver. Special values are 0, if not necessary (or not found |
| 897 | to be necessary yet), and -1 if needed but not determined |
| 898 | yet. */ |
| 899 | bfd_vma tlsdesc_plt; |
| 900 | /* The offset into sgot of the GOT entry used by the PLT entry |
| 901 | above. */ |
| 902 | bfd_vma tlsdesc_got; |
| 903 | |
| 904 | /* The index of the next R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT entry in .rela.plt. */ |
| 905 | bfd_vma next_jump_slot_index; |
| 906 | /* The index of the next R_X86_64_IRELATIVE entry in .rela.plt. */ |
| 907 | bfd_vma next_irelative_index; |
| 908 | |
| 909 | /* TRUE if there are dynamic relocs against IFUNC symbols that apply |
| 910 | to read-only sections. */ |
| 911 | bfd_boolean readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc; |
| 912 | }; |
| 913 | |
| 914 | /* Get the x86-64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ |
| 915 | |
| 916 | #define elf_x86_64_hash_table(p) \ |
| 917 | (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \ |
| 918 | == X86_64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL) |
| 919 | |
| 920 | #define elf_x86_64_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \ |
| 921 | ((htab)->elf.srelplt->reloc_count * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE) |
| 922 | |
| 923 | /* Create an entry in an x86-64 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 924 | |
| 925 | static struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| 926 | elf_x86_64_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
| 927 | struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
| 928 | const char *string) |
| 929 | { |
| 930 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| 931 | subclass. */ |
| 932 | if (entry == NULL) |
| 933 | { |
| 934 | entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) |
| 935 | bfd_hash_allocate (table, |
| 936 | sizeof (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry)); |
| 937 | if (entry == NULL) |
| 938 | return entry; |
| 939 | } |
| 940 | |
| 941 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| 942 | entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
| 943 | if (entry != NULL) |
| 944 | { |
| 945 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 946 | |
| 947 | eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
| 948 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 949 | eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 950 | eh->needs_copy = 0; |
| 951 | eh->has_bnd_reloc = 0; |
| 952 | eh->has_got_reloc = 0; |
| 953 | eh->has_non_got_reloc = 0; |
| 954 | eh->tls_get_addr = 2; |
| 955 | eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 956 | eh->plt_bnd.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 957 | eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 958 | eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 959 | } |
| 960 | |
| 961 | return entry; |
| 962 | } |
| 963 | |
| 964 | /* Compute a hash of a local hash entry. We use elf_link_hash_entry |
| 965 | for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols |
| 966 | as global symbol. We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol |
| 967 | hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend. */ |
| 968 | |
| 969 | static hashval_t |
| 970 | elf_x86_64_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr) |
| 971 | { |
| 972 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h |
| 973 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr; |
| 974 | return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index); |
| 975 | } |
| 976 | |
| 977 | /* Compare local hash entries. */ |
| 978 | |
| 979 | static int |
| 980 | elf_x86_64_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2) |
| 981 | { |
| 982 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1 |
| 983 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1; |
| 984 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2 |
| 985 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2; |
| 986 | |
| 987 | return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index; |
| 988 | } |
| 989 | |
| 990 | /* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol. */ |
| 991 | |
| 992 | static struct elf_link_hash_entry * |
| 993 | elf_x86_64_get_local_sym_hash (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab, |
| 994 | bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 995 | bfd_boolean create) |
| 996 | { |
| 997 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry e, *ret; |
| 998 | asection *sec = abfd->sections; |
| 999 | hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id, |
| 1000 | htab->r_sym (rel->r_info)); |
| 1001 | void **slot; |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | e.elf.indx = sec->id; |
| 1004 | e.elf.dynstr_index = htab->r_sym (rel->r_info); |
| 1005 | slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h, |
| 1006 | create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT); |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | if (!slot) |
| 1009 | return NULL; |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 | if (*slot) |
| 1012 | { |
| 1013 | ret = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) *slot; |
| 1014 | return &ret->elf; |
| 1015 | } |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | ret = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) |
| 1018 | objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory, |
| 1019 | sizeof (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry)); |
| 1020 | if (ret) |
| 1021 | { |
| 1022 | memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret)); |
| 1023 | ret->elf.indx = sec->id; |
| 1024 | ret->elf.dynstr_index = htab->r_sym (rel->r_info); |
| 1025 | ret->elf.dynindx = -1; |
| 1026 | ret->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 1027 | ret->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 1028 | *slot = ret; |
| 1029 | } |
| 1030 | return &ret->elf; |
| 1031 | } |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | /* Destroy an X86-64 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | static void |
| 1036 | elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd) |
| 1037 | { |
| 1038 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab |
| 1039 | = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash; |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | if (htab->loc_hash_table) |
| 1042 | htab_delete (htab->loc_hash_table); |
| 1043 | if (htab->loc_hash_memory) |
| 1044 | objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory); |
| 1045 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd); |
| 1046 | } |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | /* Create an X86-64 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 | static struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| 1051 | elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
| 1052 | { |
| 1053 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *ret; |
| 1054 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table); |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | ret = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt); |
| 1057 | if (ret == NULL) |
| 1058 | return NULL; |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, |
| 1061 | elf_x86_64_link_hash_newfunc, |
| 1062 | sizeof (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry), |
| 1063 | X86_64_ELF_DATA)) |
| 1064 | { |
| 1065 | free (ret); |
| 1066 | return NULL; |
| 1067 | } |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) |
| 1070 | { |
| 1071 | ret->r_info = elf64_r_info; |
| 1072 | ret->r_sym = elf64_r_sym; |
| 1073 | ret->pointer_r_type = R_X86_64_64; |
| 1074 | ret->dynamic_interpreter = ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 1075 | ret->dynamic_interpreter_size = sizeof ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 1076 | } |
| 1077 | else |
| 1078 | { |
| 1079 | ret->r_info = elf32_r_info; |
| 1080 | ret->r_sym = elf32_r_sym; |
| 1081 | ret->pointer_r_type = R_X86_64_32; |
| 1082 | ret->dynamic_interpreter = ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 1083 | ret->dynamic_interpreter_size = sizeof ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 1084 | } |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 | ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024, |
| 1087 | elf_x86_64_local_htab_hash, |
| 1088 | elf_x86_64_local_htab_eq, |
| 1089 | NULL); |
| 1090 | ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create (); |
| 1091 | if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory) |
| 1092 | { |
| 1093 | elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_free (abfd); |
| 1094 | return NULL; |
| 1095 | } |
| 1096 | ret->elf.root.hash_table_free = elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_free; |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | return &ret->elf.root; |
| 1099 | } |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | /* Create .plt, .rela.plt, .got, .got.plt, .rela.got, .dynbss, and |
| 1102 | .rela.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our |
| 1103 | hash table. */ |
| 1104 | |
| 1105 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1106 | elf_x86_64_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj, |
| 1107 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 1108 | { |
| 1109 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info)) |
| 1112 | return FALSE; |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 1115 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 1116 | return FALSE; |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ |
| 1119 | if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) |
| 1120 | { |
| 1121 | asection *s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp"); |
| 1122 | if (s == NULL) |
| 1123 | abort (); |
| 1124 | s->size = htab->dynamic_interpreter_size; |
| 1125 | s->contents = (unsigned char *) htab->dynamic_interpreter; |
| 1126 | htab->interp = s; |
| 1127 | } |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss"); |
| 1130 | if (!htab->sdynbss) |
| 1131 | abort (); |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 1134 | { |
| 1135 | /* Always allow copy relocs for building executables. */ |
| 1136 | asection *s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss"); |
| 1137 | if (s == NULL) |
| 1138 | { |
| 1139 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj); |
| 1140 | s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, |
| 1141 | ".rela.bss", |
| 1142 | (bed->dynamic_sec_flags |
| 1143 | | SEC_READONLY)); |
| 1144 | if (s == NULL |
| 1145 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, s, |
| 1146 | bed->s->log_file_align)) |
| 1147 | return FALSE; |
| 1148 | } |
| 1149 | htab->srelbss = s; |
| 1150 | } |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info |
| 1153 | && htab->plt_eh_frame == NULL |
| 1154 | && htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 1155 | { |
| 1156 | flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY |
| 1157 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| 1158 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 1159 | htab->plt_eh_frame |
| 1160 | = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".eh_frame", flags); |
| 1161 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame == NULL |
| 1162 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->plt_eh_frame, 3)) |
| 1163 | return FALSE; |
| 1164 | } |
| 1165 | return TRUE; |
| 1166 | } |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 | static void |
| 1171 | elf_x86_64_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 1172 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, |
| 1173 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) |
| 1174 | { |
| 1175 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | edir = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) dir; |
| 1178 | eind = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) ind; |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | if (!edir->has_bnd_reloc) |
| 1181 | edir->has_bnd_reloc = eind->has_bnd_reloc; |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 | if (!edir->has_got_reloc) |
| 1184 | edir->has_got_reloc = eind->has_got_reloc; |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | if (!edir->has_non_got_reloc) |
| 1187 | edir->has_non_got_reloc = eind->has_non_got_reloc; |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 | if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 1190 | { |
| 1191 | if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 1192 | { |
| 1193 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 1194 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 1195 | |
| 1196 | /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym |
| 1197 | list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ |
| 1198 | for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 1199 | { |
| 1200 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *q; |
| 1201 | |
| 1202 | for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) |
| 1203 | if (q->sec == p->sec) |
| 1204 | { |
| 1205 | q->pc_count += p->pc_count; |
| 1206 | q->count += p->count; |
| 1207 | *pp = p->next; |
| 1208 | break; |
| 1209 | } |
| 1210 | if (q == NULL) |
| 1211 | pp = &p->next; |
| 1212 | } |
| 1213 | *pp = edir->dyn_relocs; |
| 1214 | } |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs; |
| 1217 | eind->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 1218 | } |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 1221 | && dir->got.refcount <= 0) |
| 1222 | { |
| 1223 | edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type; |
| 1224 | eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 1225 | } |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 1228 | && ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 1229 | && dir->dynamic_adjusted) |
| 1230 | { |
| 1231 | /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing |
| 1232 | of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref. |
| 1233 | We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */ |
| 1234 | dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic; |
| 1235 | dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular; |
| 1236 | dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak; |
| 1237 | dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt; |
| 1238 | dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed; |
| 1239 | } |
| 1240 | else |
| 1241 | { |
| 1242 | if (eind->func_pointer_refcount > 0) |
| 1243 | { |
| 1244 | edir->func_pointer_refcount += eind->func_pointer_refcount; |
| 1245 | eind->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 1246 | } |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind); |
| 1249 | } |
| 1250 | } |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1253 | elf64_x86_64_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 1254 | { |
| 1255 | /* Set the right machine number for an x86-64 elf64 file. */ |
| 1256 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_x86_64); |
| 1257 | return TRUE; |
| 1258 | } |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1261 | elf32_x86_64_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 1262 | { |
| 1263 | /* Set the right machine number for an x86-64 elf32 file. */ |
| 1264 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_x64_32); |
| 1265 | return TRUE; |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 | /* Return TRUE if the TLS access code sequence support transition |
| 1269 | from R_TYPE. */ |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1272 | elf_x86_64_check_tls_transition (bfd *abfd, |
| 1273 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 1274 | asection *sec, |
| 1275 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 1276 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 1277 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes, |
| 1278 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 1279 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 1280 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend) |
| 1281 | { |
| 1282 | unsigned int val; |
| 1283 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 1284 | bfd_boolean largepic = FALSE; |
| 1285 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1286 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 1287 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1288 | bfd_byte *call; |
| 1289 | bfd_boolean indirect_call, tls_get_addr; |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 1292 | offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 1293 | switch (r_type) |
| 1294 | { |
| 1295 | case R_X86_64_TLSGD: |
| 1296 | case R_X86_64_TLSLD: |
| 1297 | if ((rel + 1) >= relend) |
| 1298 | return FALSE; |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 | if (r_type == R_X86_64_TLSGD) |
| 1301 | { |
| 1302 | /* Check transition from GD access model. For 64bit, only |
| 1303 | .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 1304 | .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 1305 | or |
| 1306 | .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 1307 | .byte 0x66; rex64 |
| 1308 | call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 1309 | which may be converted to |
| 1310 | addr32 call __tls_get_addr |
| 1311 | can transit to different access model. For 32bit, only |
| 1312 | leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 1313 | .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 1314 | or |
| 1315 | leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 1316 | .byte 0x66; rex64 |
| 1317 | call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 1318 | which may be converted to |
| 1319 | addr32 call __tls_get_addr |
| 1320 | can transit to different access model. For largepic, |
| 1321 | we also support: |
| 1322 | leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 1323 | movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax |
| 1324 | addq $r15, %rax |
| 1325 | call *%rax |
| 1326 | or |
| 1327 | leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 1328 | movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax |
| 1329 | addq $rbx, %rax |
| 1330 | call *%rax */ |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 | static const unsigned char leaq[] = { 0x66, 0x48, 0x8d, 0x3d }; |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 | if ((offset + 12) > sec->size) |
| 1335 | return FALSE; |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 | call = contents + offset + 4; |
| 1338 | if (call[0] != 0x66 |
| 1339 | || !((call[1] == 0x48 |
| 1340 | && call[2] == 0xff |
| 1341 | && call[3] == 0x15) |
| 1342 | || (call[1] == 0x48 |
| 1343 | && call[2] == 0x67 |
| 1344 | && call[3] == 0xe8) |
| 1345 | || (call[1] == 0x66 |
| 1346 | && call[2] == 0x48 |
| 1347 | && call[3] == 0xe8))) |
| 1348 | { |
| 1349 | if (!ABI_64_P (abfd) |
| 1350 | || (offset + 19) > sec->size |
| 1351 | || offset < 3 |
| 1352 | || memcmp (call - 7, leaq + 1, 3) != 0 |
| 1353 | || memcmp (call, "\x48\xb8", 2) != 0 |
| 1354 | || call[11] != 0x01 |
| 1355 | || call[13] != 0xff |
| 1356 | || call[14] != 0xd0 |
| 1357 | || !((call[10] == 0x48 && call[12] == 0xd8) |
| 1358 | || (call[10] == 0x4c && call[12] == 0xf8))) |
| 1359 | return FALSE; |
| 1360 | largepic = TRUE; |
| 1361 | } |
| 1362 | else if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) |
| 1363 | { |
| 1364 | if (offset < 4 |
| 1365 | || memcmp (contents + offset - 4, leaq, 4) != 0) |
| 1366 | return FALSE; |
| 1367 | } |
| 1368 | else |
| 1369 | { |
| 1370 | if (offset < 3 |
| 1371 | || memcmp (contents + offset - 3, leaq + 1, 3) != 0) |
| 1372 | return FALSE; |
| 1373 | } |
| 1374 | indirect_call = call[2] == 0xff; |
| 1375 | } |
| 1376 | else |
| 1377 | { |
| 1378 | /* Check transition from LD access model. Only |
| 1379 | leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi; |
| 1380 | call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 1381 | or |
| 1382 | leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi; |
| 1383 | call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 1384 | which may be converted to |
| 1385 | addr32 call __tls_get_addr |
| 1386 | can transit to different access model. For largepic |
| 1387 | we also support: |
| 1388 | leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi |
| 1389 | movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax |
| 1390 | addq $r15, %rax |
| 1391 | call *%rax |
| 1392 | or |
| 1393 | leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi |
| 1394 | movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax |
| 1395 | addq $rbx, %rax |
| 1396 | call *%rax */ |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | static const unsigned char lea[] = { 0x48, 0x8d, 0x3d }; |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | if (offset < 3 || (offset + 9) > sec->size) |
| 1401 | return FALSE; |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | if (memcmp (contents + offset - 3, lea, 3) != 0) |
| 1404 | return FALSE; |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | call = contents + offset + 4; |
| 1407 | if (!(call[0] == 0xe8 |
| 1408 | || (call[0] == 0xff && call[1] == 0x15) |
| 1409 | || (call[0] == 0x67 && call[1] == 0xe8))) |
| 1410 | { |
| 1411 | if (!ABI_64_P (abfd) |
| 1412 | || (offset + 19) > sec->size |
| 1413 | || memcmp (call, "\x48\xb8", 2) != 0 |
| 1414 | || call[11] != 0x01 |
| 1415 | || call[13] != 0xff |
| 1416 | || call[14] != 0xd0 |
| 1417 | || !((call[10] == 0x48 && call[12] == 0xd8) |
| 1418 | || (call[10] == 0x4c && call[12] == 0xf8))) |
| 1419 | return FALSE; |
| 1420 | largepic = TRUE; |
| 1421 | } |
| 1422 | indirect_call = call[0] == 0xff; |
| 1423 | } |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 | r_symndx = htab->r_sym (rel[1].r_info); |
| 1426 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 1427 | return FALSE; |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 | tls_get_addr = FALSE; |
| 1430 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 1431 | if (h != NULL && h->root.root.string != NULL) |
| 1432 | { |
| 1433 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh |
| 1434 | = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 1435 | tls_get_addr = eh->tls_get_addr == 1; |
| 1436 | if (eh->tls_get_addr > 1) |
| 1437 | { |
| 1438 | /* Use strncmp to check __tls_get_addr since |
| 1439 | __tls_get_addr may be versioned. */ |
| 1440 | if (strncmp (h->root.root.string, "__tls_get_addr", 14) |
| 1441 | == 0) |
| 1442 | { |
| 1443 | eh->tls_get_addr = 1; |
| 1444 | tls_get_addr = TRUE; |
| 1445 | } |
| 1446 | else |
| 1447 | eh->tls_get_addr = 0; |
| 1448 | } |
| 1449 | } |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 | if (!tls_get_addr) |
| 1452 | return FALSE; |
| 1453 | else if (largepic) |
| 1454 | return ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_X86_64_PLTOFF64; |
| 1455 | else if (indirect_call) |
| 1456 | return ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX; |
| 1457 | else |
| 1458 | return (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_X86_64_PC32 |
| 1459 | || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_X86_64_PLT32); |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: |
| 1462 | /* Check transition from IE access model: |
| 1463 | mov foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 1464 | add foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 1465 | */ |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | /* Check REX prefix first. */ |
| 1468 | if (offset >= 3 && (offset + 4) <= sec->size) |
| 1469 | { |
| 1470 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 3); |
| 1471 | if (val != 0x48 && val != 0x4c) |
| 1472 | { |
| 1473 | /* X32 may have 0x44 REX prefix or no REX prefix. */ |
| 1474 | if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) |
| 1475 | return FALSE; |
| 1476 | } |
| 1477 | } |
| 1478 | else |
| 1479 | { |
| 1480 | /* X32 may not have any REX prefix. */ |
| 1481 | if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) |
| 1482 | return FALSE; |
| 1483 | if (offset < 2 || (offset + 3) > sec->size) |
| 1484 | return FALSE; |
| 1485 | } |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2); |
| 1488 | if (val != 0x8b && val != 0x03) |
| 1489 | return FALSE; |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1492 | return (val & 0xc7) == 5; |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 | case R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: |
| 1495 | /* Check transition from GDesc access model: |
| 1496 | leaq x@tlsdesc(%rip), %rax |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 | Make sure it's a leaq adding rip to a 32-bit offset |
| 1499 | into any register, although it's probably almost always |
| 1500 | going to be rax. */ |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | if (offset < 3 || (offset + 4) > sec->size) |
| 1503 | return FALSE; |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 3); |
| 1506 | if ((val & 0xfb) != 0x48) |
| 1507 | return FALSE; |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2) != 0x8d) |
| 1510 | return FALSE; |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1513 | return (val & 0xc7) == 0x05; |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | case R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 1516 | /* Check transition from GDesc access model: |
| 1517 | call *x@tlsdesc(%rax) |
| 1518 | */ |
| 1519 | if (offset + 2 <= sec->size) |
| 1520 | { |
| 1521 | /* Make sure that it's a call *x@tlsdesc(%rax). */ |
| 1522 | call = contents + offset; |
| 1523 | return call[0] == 0xff && call[1] == 0x10; |
| 1524 | } |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | return FALSE; |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | default: |
| 1529 | abort (); |
| 1530 | } |
| 1531 | } |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | /* Return TRUE if the TLS access transition is OK or no transition |
| 1534 | will be performed. Update R_TYPE if there is a transition. */ |
| 1535 | |
| 1536 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1537 | elf_x86_64_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd, |
| 1538 | asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents, |
| 1539 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 1540 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes, |
| 1541 | unsigned int *r_type, int tls_type, |
| 1542 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 1543 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend, |
| 1544 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 1545 | unsigned long r_symndx, |
| 1546 | bfd_boolean from_relocate_section) |
| 1547 | { |
| 1548 | unsigned int from_type = *r_type; |
| 1549 | unsigned int to_type = from_type; |
| 1550 | bfd_boolean check = TRUE; |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | /* Skip TLS transition for functions. */ |
| 1553 | if (h != NULL |
| 1554 | && (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 1555 | || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 1556 | return TRUE; |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 | switch (from_type) |
| 1559 | { |
| 1560 | case R_X86_64_TLSGD: |
| 1561 | case R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: |
| 1562 | case R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 1563 | case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: |
| 1564 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 1565 | { |
| 1566 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1567 | to_type = R_X86_64_TPOFF32; |
| 1568 | else |
| 1569 | to_type = R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF; |
| 1570 | } |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 | /* When we are called from elf_x86_64_relocate_section, there may |
| 1573 | be additional transitions based on TLS_TYPE. */ |
| 1574 | if (from_relocate_section) |
| 1575 | { |
| 1576 | unsigned int new_to_type = to_type; |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 | if (bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 1579 | && h != NULL |
| 1580 | && h->dynindx == -1 |
| 1581 | && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 1582 | new_to_type = R_X86_64_TPOFF32; |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 | if (to_type == R_X86_64_TLSGD |
| 1585 | || to_type == R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC |
| 1586 | || to_type == R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL) |
| 1587 | { |
| 1588 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 1589 | new_to_type = R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF; |
| 1590 | } |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 | /* We checked the transition before when we were called from |
| 1593 | elf_x86_64_check_relocs. We only want to check the new |
| 1594 | transition which hasn't been checked before. */ |
| 1595 | check = new_to_type != to_type && from_type == to_type; |
| 1596 | to_type = new_to_type; |
| 1597 | } |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | break; |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 | case R_X86_64_TLSLD: |
| 1602 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 1603 | to_type = R_X86_64_TPOFF32; |
| 1604 | break; |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 | default: |
| 1607 | return TRUE; |
| 1608 | } |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 | /* Return TRUE if there is no transition. */ |
| 1611 | if (from_type == to_type) |
| 1612 | return TRUE; |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 | /* Check if the transition can be performed. */ |
| 1615 | if (check |
| 1616 | && ! elf_x86_64_check_tls_transition (abfd, info, sec, contents, |
| 1617 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 1618 | from_type, rel, relend)) |
| 1619 | { |
| 1620 | reloc_howto_type *from, *to; |
| 1621 | const char *name; |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 | from = elf_x86_64_rtype_to_howto (abfd, from_type); |
| 1624 | to = elf_x86_64_rtype_to_howto (abfd, to_type); |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | if (h) |
| 1627 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 1628 | else |
| 1629 | { |
| 1630 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 1633 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 1634 | name = "*unknown*"; |
| 1635 | else |
| 1636 | { |
| 1637 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 1640 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1641 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL); |
| 1642 | } |
| 1643 | } |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1646 | (_("%B: TLS transition from %s to %s against `%s' at 0x%lx " |
| 1647 | "in section `%A' failed"), |
| 1648 | abfd, sec, from->name, to->name, name, |
| 1649 | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); |
| 1650 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1651 | return FALSE; |
| 1652 | } |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | *r_type = to_type; |
| 1655 | return TRUE; |
| 1656 | } |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 | /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they |
| 1659 | are used here. */ |
| 1660 | #define need_convert_load sec_flg0 |
| 1661 | #define check_relocs_failed sec_flg1 |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1664 | elf_x86_64_need_pic (bfd *input_bfd, asection *sec, |
| 1665 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 1666 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 1667 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, |
| 1668 | reloc_howto_type *howto) |
| 1669 | { |
| 1670 | const char *v = ""; |
| 1671 | const char *und = ""; |
| 1672 | const char *pic = ""; |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | const char *name; |
| 1675 | if (h) |
| 1676 | { |
| 1677 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 1678 | switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)) |
| 1679 | { |
| 1680 | case STV_HIDDEN: |
| 1681 | v = _("hidden symbol "); |
| 1682 | break; |
| 1683 | case STV_INTERNAL: |
| 1684 | v = _("internal symbol "); |
| 1685 | break; |
| 1686 | case STV_PROTECTED: |
| 1687 | v = _("protected symbol "); |
| 1688 | break; |
| 1689 | default: |
| 1690 | v = _("symbol "); |
| 1691 | pic = _("; recompile with -fPIC"); |
| 1692 | break; |
| 1693 | } |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 | if (!h->def_regular && !h->def_dynamic) |
| 1696 | und = _("undefined "); |
| 1697 | } |
| 1698 | else |
| 1699 | { |
| 1700 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL); |
| 1701 | pic = _("; recompile with -fPIC"); |
| 1702 | } |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: relocation %s against %s%s`%s' can " |
| 1705 | "not be used when making a shared object%s"), |
| 1706 | input_bfd, howto->name, und, v, name, pic); |
| 1707 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1708 | sec->check_relocs_failed = 1; |
| 1709 | return FALSE; |
| 1710 | } |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | /* With the local symbol, foo, we convert |
| 1713 | mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg |
| 1714 | to |
| 1715 | lea foo(%rip), %reg |
| 1716 | and convert |
| 1717 | call/jmp *foo@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 1718 | to |
| 1719 | nop call foo/jmp foo nop |
| 1720 | When PIC is false, convert |
| 1721 | test %reg, foo@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 1722 | to |
| 1723 | test $foo, %reg |
| 1724 | and convert |
| 1725 | binop foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg |
| 1726 | to |
| 1727 | binop $foo, %reg |
| 1728 | where binop is one of adc, add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub, xor |
| 1729 | instructions. */ |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1732 | elf_x86_64_convert_load_reloc (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, |
| 1733 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 1734 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, |
| 1735 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 1736 | bfd_boolean *converted, |
| 1737 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 1738 | { |
| 1739 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1740 | bfd_boolean is_pic; |
| 1741 | bfd_boolean require_reloc_pc32; |
| 1742 | bfd_boolean relocx; |
| 1743 | bfd_boolean to_reloc_pc32; |
| 1744 | asection *tsec; |
| 1745 | char symtype; |
| 1746 | bfd_signed_vma raddend; |
| 1747 | unsigned int opcode; |
| 1748 | unsigned int modrm; |
| 1749 | unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); |
| 1750 | unsigned int r_symndx; |
| 1751 | bfd_vma toff; |
| 1752 | bfd_vma roff = irel->r_offset; |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | if (roff < (r_type == R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX ? 3 : 2)) |
| 1755 | return TRUE; |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | raddend = irel->r_addend; |
| 1758 | /* Addend for 32-bit PC-relative relocation must be -4. */ |
| 1759 | if (raddend != -4) |
| 1760 | return TRUE; |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (link_info); |
| 1763 | is_pic = bfd_link_pic (link_info); |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 | relocx = (r_type == R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX |
| 1766 | || r_type == R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX); |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | /* TRUE if we can convert only to R_X86_64_PC32. Enable it for |
| 1769 | --no-relax. */ |
| 1770 | require_reloc_pc32 |
| 1771 | = link_info->disable_target_specific_optimizations > 1; |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | r_symndx = htab->r_sym (irel->r_info); |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | opcode = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 2); |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | /* Convert mov to lea since it has been done for a while. */ |
| 1778 | if (opcode != 0x8b) |
| 1779 | { |
| 1780 | /* Only convert R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX and R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX |
| 1781 | for call, jmp or one of adc, add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub, |
| 1782 | test, xor instructions. */ |
| 1783 | if (!relocx) |
| 1784 | return TRUE; |
| 1785 | } |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 | /* We convert only to R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 1788 | 1. Branch. |
| 1789 | 2. R_X86_64_GOTPCREL since we can't modify REX byte. |
| 1790 | 3. require_reloc_pc32 is true. |
| 1791 | 4. PIC. |
| 1792 | */ |
| 1793 | to_reloc_pc32 = (opcode == 0xff |
| 1794 | || !relocx |
| 1795 | || require_reloc_pc32 |
| 1796 | || is_pic); |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | /* Get the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ |
| 1799 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1800 | { |
| 1801 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym |
| 1802 | = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 | /* Skip relocation against undefined symbols. */ |
| 1805 | if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) |
| 1806 | return TRUE; |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | symtype = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info); |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) |
| 1811 | tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 1812 | else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) |
| 1813 | tsec = bfd_com_section_ptr; |
| 1814 | else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON) |
| 1815 | tsec = &_bfd_elf_large_com_section; |
| 1816 | else |
| 1817 | tsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 | toff = isym->st_value; |
| 1820 | } |
| 1821 | else |
| 1822 | { |
| 1823 | /* Undefined weak symbol is only bound locally in executable |
| 1824 | and its reference is resolved as 0 without relocation |
| 1825 | overflow. We can only perform this optimization for |
| 1826 | GOTPCRELX relocations since we need to modify REX byte. |
| 1827 | It is OK convert mov with R_X86_64_GOTPCREL to |
| 1828 | R_X86_64_PC32. */ |
| 1829 | if ((relocx || opcode == 0x8b) |
| 1830 | && UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (link_info, |
| 1831 | TRUE, |
| 1832 | elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h))) |
| 1833 | { |
| 1834 | if (opcode == 0xff) |
| 1835 | { |
| 1836 | /* Skip for branch instructions since R_X86_64_PC32 |
| 1837 | may overflow. */ |
| 1838 | if (require_reloc_pc32) |
| 1839 | return TRUE; |
| 1840 | } |
| 1841 | else if (relocx) |
| 1842 | { |
| 1843 | /* For non-branch instructions, we can convert to |
| 1844 | R_X86_64_32/R_X86_64_32S since we know if there |
| 1845 | is a REX byte. */ |
| 1846 | to_reloc_pc32 = FALSE; |
| 1847 | } |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | /* Since we don't know the current PC when PIC is true, |
| 1850 | we can't convert to R_X86_64_PC32. */ |
| 1851 | if (to_reloc_pc32 && is_pic) |
| 1852 | return TRUE; |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 | goto convert; |
| 1855 | } |
| 1856 | /* Avoid optimizing GOTPCREL relocations againt _DYNAMIC since |
| 1857 | ld.so may use its link-time address. */ |
| 1858 | else if ((h->def_regular |
| 1859 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 1860 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 1861 | && h != htab->elf.hdynamic |
| 1862 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (link_info, h)) |
| 1863 | { |
| 1864 | /* bfd_link_hash_new or bfd_link_hash_undefined is |
| 1865 | set by an assignment in a linker script in |
| 1866 | bfd_elf_record_link_assignment. */ |
| 1867 | if (h->def_regular |
| 1868 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new |
| 1869 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)) |
| 1870 | { |
| 1871 | /* Skip since R_X86_64_32/R_X86_64_32S may overflow. */ |
| 1872 | if (require_reloc_pc32) |
| 1873 | return TRUE; |
| 1874 | goto convert; |
| 1875 | } |
| 1876 | tsec = h->root.u.def.section; |
| 1877 | toff = h->root.u.def.value; |
| 1878 | symtype = h->type; |
| 1879 | } |
| 1880 | else |
| 1881 | return TRUE; |
| 1882 | } |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 | /* Don't convert GOTPCREL relocation against large section. */ |
| 1885 | if (elf_section_data (tsec) != NULL |
| 1886 | && (elf_section_flags (tsec) & SHF_X86_64_LARGE) != 0) |
| 1887 | return TRUE; |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | /* We can only estimate relocation overflow for R_X86_64_PC32. */ |
| 1890 | if (!to_reloc_pc32) |
| 1891 | goto convert; |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | if (tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) |
| 1894 | { |
| 1895 | /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been |
| 1896 | adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be |
| 1897 | passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in |
| 1898 | relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for |
| 1899 | section symbols have been adjusted.) |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 | gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE |
| 1902 | sections to a relocation against the section symbol when |
| 1903 | the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against |
| 1904 | a section symbol we should include the addend in the |
| 1905 | offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the |
| 1906 | location of interest is the original symbol. On the |
| 1907 | other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not |
| 1908 | a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an |
| 1909 | access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The |
| 1910 | location of interest is just "sym". */ |
| 1911 | if (symtype == STT_SECTION) |
| 1912 | toff += raddend; |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 | toff = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec, |
| 1915 | elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info, |
| 1916 | toff); |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 | if (symtype != STT_SECTION) |
| 1919 | toff += raddend; |
| 1920 | } |
| 1921 | else |
| 1922 | toff += raddend; |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 | /* Don't convert if R_X86_64_PC32 relocation overflows. */ |
| 1925 | if (tsec->output_section == sec->output_section) |
| 1926 | { |
| 1927 | if ((toff - roff + 0x80000000) > 0xffffffff) |
| 1928 | return TRUE; |
| 1929 | } |
| 1930 | else |
| 1931 | { |
| 1932 | bfd_signed_vma distance; |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 | /* At this point, we don't know the load addresses of TSEC |
| 1935 | section nor SEC section. We estimate the distrance between |
| 1936 | SEC and TSEC. We store the estimated distances in the |
| 1937 | compressed_size field of the output section, which is only |
| 1938 | used to decompress the compressed input section. */ |
| 1939 | if (sec->output_section->compressed_size == 0) |
| 1940 | { |
| 1941 | asection *asect; |
| 1942 | bfd_size_type size = 0; |
| 1943 | for (asect = link_info->output_bfd->sections; |
| 1944 | asect != NULL; |
| 1945 | asect = asect->next) |
| 1946 | /* Skip debug sections since compressed_size is used to |
| 1947 | compress debug sections. */ |
| 1948 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0) |
| 1949 | { |
| 1950 | asection *i; |
| 1951 | for (i = asect->map_head.s; |
| 1952 | i != NULL; |
| 1953 | i = i->map_head.s) |
| 1954 | { |
| 1955 | size = align_power (size, i->alignment_power); |
| 1956 | size += i->size; |
| 1957 | } |
| 1958 | asect->compressed_size = size; |
| 1959 | } |
| 1960 | } |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 | /* Don't convert GOTPCREL relocations if TSEC isn't placed |
| 1963 | after SEC. */ |
| 1964 | distance = (tsec->output_section->compressed_size |
| 1965 | - sec->output_section->compressed_size); |
| 1966 | if (distance < 0) |
| 1967 | return TRUE; |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | /* Take PT_GNU_RELRO segment into account by adding |
| 1970 | maxpagesize. */ |
| 1971 | if ((toff + distance + get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize |
| 1972 | - roff + 0x80000000) > 0xffffffff) |
| 1973 | return TRUE; |
| 1974 | } |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 | convert: |
| 1977 | if (opcode == 0xff) |
| 1978 | { |
| 1979 | /* We have "call/jmp *foo@GOTPCREL(%rip)". */ |
| 1980 | unsigned int nop; |
| 1981 | unsigned int disp; |
| 1982 | bfd_vma nop_offset; |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | /* Convert R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX and R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX to |
| 1985 | R_X86_64_PC32. */ |
| 1986 | modrm = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 1); |
| 1987 | if (modrm == 0x25) |
| 1988 | { |
| 1989 | /* Convert to "jmp foo nop". */ |
| 1990 | modrm = 0xe9; |
| 1991 | nop = NOP_OPCODE; |
| 1992 | nop_offset = irel->r_offset + 3; |
| 1993 | disp = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset); |
| 1994 | irel->r_offset -= 1; |
| 1995 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, disp, contents + irel->r_offset); |
| 1996 | } |
| 1997 | else |
| 1998 | { |
| 1999 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh |
| 2000 | = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2001 | |
| 2002 | /* Convert to "nop call foo". ADDR_PREFIX_OPCODE |
| 2003 | is a nop prefix. */ |
| 2004 | modrm = 0xe8; |
| 2005 | /* To support TLS optimization, always use addr32 prefix for |
| 2006 | "call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)". */ |
| 2007 | if (eh && eh->tls_get_addr == 1) |
| 2008 | { |
| 2009 | nop = 0x67; |
| 2010 | nop_offset = irel->r_offset - 2; |
| 2011 | } |
| 2012 | else |
| 2013 | { |
| 2014 | nop = link_info->call_nop_byte; |
| 2015 | if (link_info->call_nop_as_suffix) |
| 2016 | { |
| 2017 | nop_offset = irel->r_offset + 3; |
| 2018 | disp = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset); |
| 2019 | irel->r_offset -= 1; |
| 2020 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, disp, contents + irel->r_offset); |
| 2021 | } |
| 2022 | else |
| 2023 | nop_offset = irel->r_offset - 2; |
| 2024 | } |
| 2025 | } |
| 2026 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, nop, contents + nop_offset); |
| 2027 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + irel->r_offset - 1); |
| 2028 | r_type = R_X86_64_PC32; |
| 2029 | } |
| 2030 | else |
| 2031 | { |
| 2032 | unsigned int rex; |
| 2033 | unsigned int rex_mask = REX_R; |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 | if (r_type == R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX) |
| 2036 | rex = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 3); |
| 2037 | else |
| 2038 | rex = 0; |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 | if (opcode == 0x8b) |
| 2041 | { |
| 2042 | if (to_reloc_pc32) |
| 2043 | { |
| 2044 | /* Convert "mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg" to |
| 2045 | "lea foo(%rip), %reg". */ |
| 2046 | opcode = 0x8d; |
| 2047 | r_type = R_X86_64_PC32; |
| 2048 | } |
| 2049 | else |
| 2050 | { |
| 2051 | /* Convert "mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg" to |
| 2052 | "mov $foo, %reg". */ |
| 2053 | opcode = 0xc7; |
| 2054 | modrm = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 1); |
| 2055 | modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3; |
| 2056 | if ((rex & REX_W) != 0 |
| 2057 | && ABI_64_P (link_info->output_bfd)) |
| 2058 | { |
| 2059 | /* Keep the REX_W bit in REX byte for LP64. */ |
| 2060 | r_type = R_X86_64_32S; |
| 2061 | goto rewrite_modrm_rex; |
| 2062 | } |
| 2063 | else |
| 2064 | { |
| 2065 | /* If the REX_W bit in REX byte isn't needed, |
| 2066 | use R_X86_64_32 and clear the W bit to avoid |
| 2067 | sign-extend imm32 to imm64. */ |
| 2068 | r_type = R_X86_64_32; |
| 2069 | /* Clear the W bit in REX byte. */ |
| 2070 | rex_mask |= REX_W; |
| 2071 | goto rewrite_modrm_rex; |
| 2072 | } |
| 2073 | } |
| 2074 | } |
| 2075 | else |
| 2076 | { |
| 2077 | /* R_X86_64_PC32 isn't supported. */ |
| 2078 | if (to_reloc_pc32) |
| 2079 | return TRUE; |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 | modrm = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 1); |
| 2082 | if (opcode == 0x85) |
| 2083 | { |
| 2084 | /* Convert "test %reg, foo@GOTPCREL(%rip)" to |
| 2085 | "test $foo, %reg". */ |
| 2086 | modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3; |
| 2087 | opcode = 0xf7; |
| 2088 | } |
| 2089 | else |
| 2090 | { |
| 2091 | /* Convert "binop foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg" to |
| 2092 | "binop $foo, %reg". */ |
| 2093 | modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3 | (opcode & 0x3c); |
| 2094 | opcode = 0x81; |
| 2095 | } |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | /* Use R_X86_64_32 with 32-bit operand to avoid relocation |
| 2098 | overflow when sign-extending imm32 to imm64. */ |
| 2099 | r_type = (rex & REX_W) != 0 ? R_X86_64_32S : R_X86_64_32; |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | rewrite_modrm_rex: |
| 2102 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + roff - 1); |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 | if (rex) |
| 2105 | { |
| 2106 | /* Move the R bit to the B bit in REX byte. */ |
| 2107 | rex = (rex & ~rex_mask) | (rex & REX_R) >> 2; |
| 2108 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, rex, contents + roff - 3); |
| 2109 | } |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | /* No addend for R_X86_64_32/R_X86_64_32S relocations. */ |
| 2112 | irel->r_addend = 0; |
| 2113 | } |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, opcode, contents + roff - 2); |
| 2116 | } |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | irel->r_info = htab->r_info (r_symndx, r_type); |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 | *converted = TRUE; |
| 2121 | |
| 2122 | return TRUE; |
| 2123 | } |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and |
| 2126 | calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure |
| 2127 | linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */ |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2130 | elf_x86_64_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2131 | asection *sec, |
| 2132 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) |
| 2133 | { |
| 2134 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2135 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 2136 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 2137 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 2138 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; |
| 2139 | asection *sreloc; |
| 2140 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 2141 | bfd_boolean use_plt_got; |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 2144 | return TRUE; |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | BFD_ASSERT (is_x86_64_elf (abfd)); |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 2149 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 2150 | { |
| 2151 | sec->check_relocs_failed = 1; |
| 2152 | return FALSE; |
| 2153 | } |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 2156 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 2157 | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 2158 | else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
| 2159 | { |
| 2160 | sec->check_relocs_failed = 1; |
| 2161 | return FALSE; |
| 2162 | } |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | use_plt_got = get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (abfd) == &elf_x86_64_arch_bed; |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| 2167 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | sreloc = NULL; |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 | rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 2172 | for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) |
| 2173 | { |
| 2174 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 2175 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 2176 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 2177 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2178 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 2179 | const char *name; |
| 2180 | bfd_boolean size_reloc; |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | r_symndx = htab->r_sym (rel->r_info); |
| 2183 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 | if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr)) |
| 2186 | { |
| 2187 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"), |
| 2188 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 2189 | goto error_return; |
| 2190 | } |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 2193 | { |
| 2194 | /* A local symbol. */ |
| 2195 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 2196 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 2197 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 2198 | goto error_return; |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 2201 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2202 | { |
| 2203 | h = elf_x86_64_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel, |
| 2204 | TRUE); |
| 2205 | if (h == NULL) |
| 2206 | goto error_return; |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 | /* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 2209 | h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC; |
| 2210 | h->def_regular = 1; |
| 2211 | h->ref_regular = 1; |
| 2212 | h->forced_local = 1; |
| 2213 | h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| 2214 | } |
| 2215 | else |
| 2216 | h = NULL; |
| 2217 | } |
| 2218 | else |
| 2219 | { |
| 2220 | isym = NULL; |
| 2221 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 2222 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 2223 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 2224 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 2225 | } |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | /* Check invalid x32 relocations. */ |
| 2228 | if (!ABI_64_P (abfd)) |
| 2229 | switch (r_type) |
| 2230 | { |
| 2231 | default: |
| 2232 | break; |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 | case R_X86_64_DTPOFF64: |
| 2235 | case R_X86_64_TPOFF64: |
| 2236 | case R_X86_64_PC64: |
| 2237 | case R_X86_64_GOTOFF64: |
| 2238 | case R_X86_64_GOT64: |
| 2239 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64: |
| 2240 | case R_X86_64_GOTPC64: |
| 2241 | case R_X86_64_GOTPLT64: |
| 2242 | case R_X86_64_PLTOFF64: |
| 2243 | { |
| 2244 | if (h) |
| 2245 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 2246 | else |
| 2247 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, |
| 2248 | NULL); |
| 2249 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 2250 | (_("%B: relocation %s against symbol `%s' isn't " |
| 2251 | "supported in x32 mode"), abfd, |
| 2252 | x86_64_elf_howto_table[r_type].name, name); |
| 2253 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 2254 | goto error_return; |
| 2255 | } |
| 2256 | break; |
| 2257 | } |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2260 | { |
| 2261 | switch (r_type) |
| 2262 | { |
| 2263 | default: |
| 2264 | break; |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | case R_X86_64_PC32_BND: |
| 2267 | case R_X86_64_PLT32_BND: |
| 2268 | case R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 2269 | case R_X86_64_PLT32: |
| 2270 | case R_X86_64_32: |
| 2271 | case R_X86_64_64: |
| 2272 | /* MPX PLT is supported only if elf_x86_64_arch_bed |
| 2273 | is used in 64-bit mode. */ |
| 2274 | if (ABI_64_P (abfd) |
| 2275 | && info->bndplt |
| 2276 | && (get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (abfd) |
| 2277 | == &elf_x86_64_arch_bed)) |
| 2278 | { |
| 2279 | elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->has_bnd_reloc = 1; |
| 2280 | |
| 2281 | /* Create the second PLT for Intel MPX support. */ |
| 2282 | if (htab->plt_bnd == NULL) |
| 2283 | { |
| 2284 | unsigned int plt_bnd_align; |
| 2285 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd); |
| 2288 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry) == 8 |
| 2289 | && (sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry) |
| 2290 | == sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry))); |
| 2291 | plt_bnd_align = 3; |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 2294 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 2295 | htab->plt_bnd |
| 2296 | = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 2297 | ".plt.bnd", |
| 2298 | (bed->dynamic_sec_flags |
| 2299 | | SEC_ALLOC |
| 2300 | | SEC_CODE |
| 2301 | | SEC_LOAD |
| 2302 | | SEC_READONLY)); |
| 2303 | if (htab->plt_bnd == NULL |
| 2304 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 2305 | htab->plt_bnd, |
| 2306 | plt_bnd_align)) |
| 2307 | goto error_return; |
| 2308 | } |
| 2309 | } |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 | case R_X86_64_32S: |
| 2312 | case R_X86_64_PC64: |
| 2313 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL: |
| 2314 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX: |
| 2315 | case R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX: |
| 2316 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64: |
| 2317 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 2318 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 2319 | /* Create the ifunc sections for static executables. */ |
| 2320 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2321 | && !_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 2322 | info)) |
| 2323 | goto error_return; |
| 2324 | break; |
| 2325 | } |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | /* It is referenced by a non-shared object. */ |
| 2328 | h->ref_regular = 1; |
| 2329 | h->root.non_ir_ref = 1; |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2332 | elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols |
| 2333 | |= elf_gnu_symbol_ifunc; |
| 2334 | } |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | if (! elf_x86_64_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, contents, |
| 2337 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 2338 | &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, |
| 2339 | rel, rel_end, h, r_symndx, FALSE)) |
| 2340 | goto error_return; |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2343 | switch (r_type) |
| 2344 | { |
| 2345 | case R_X86_64_TLSLD: |
| 2346 | htab->tls_ld_got.refcount += 1; |
| 2347 | goto create_got; |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 | case R_X86_64_TPOFF32: |
| 2350 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info) && ABI_64_P (abfd)) |
| 2351 | return elf_x86_64_need_pic (abfd, sec, h, symtab_hdr, isym, |
| 2352 | &x86_64_elf_howto_table[r_type]); |
| 2353 | if (eh != NULL) |
| 2354 | eh->has_got_reloc = 1; |
| 2355 | break; |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: |
| 2358 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 2359 | info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| 2360 | /* Fall through */ |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | case R_X86_64_GOT32: |
| 2363 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL: |
| 2364 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX: |
| 2365 | case R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX: |
| 2366 | case R_X86_64_TLSGD: |
| 2367 | case R_X86_64_GOT64: |
| 2368 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64: |
| 2369 | case R_X86_64_GOTPLT64: |
| 2370 | case R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: |
| 2371 | case R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 2372 | /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ |
| 2373 | { |
| 2374 | int tls_type, old_tls_type; |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 | switch (r_type) |
| 2377 | { |
| 2378 | default: tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; break; |
| 2379 | case R_X86_64_TLSGD: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break; |
| 2380 | case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE; break; |
| 2381 | case R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: |
| 2382 | case R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 2383 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break; |
| 2384 | } |
| 2385 | |
| 2386 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2387 | { |
| 2388 | h->got.refcount += 1; |
| 2389 | old_tls_type = eh->tls_type; |
| 2390 | } |
| 2391 | else |
| 2392 | { |
| 2393 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 | /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ |
| 2396 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 2397 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 2398 | { |
| 2399 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 | size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 2402 | size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma) |
| 2403 | + sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof (char); |
| 2404 | local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *) |
| 2405 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, size)); |
| 2406 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 2407 | goto error_return; |
| 2408 | elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; |
| 2409 | elf_x86_64_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd) |
| 2410 | = (bfd_vma *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 2411 | elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type (abfd) |
| 2412 | = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 2413 | } |
| 2414 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; |
| 2415 | old_tls_type |
| 2416 | = elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx]; |
| 2417 | } |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once, |
| 2420 | there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */ |
| 2421 | if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN |
| 2422 | && (! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type) |
| 2423 | || tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 2424 | { |
| 2425 | if (old_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type)) |
| 2426 | tls_type = old_tls_type; |
| 2427 | else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type) |
| 2428 | && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type)) |
| 2429 | tls_type |= old_tls_type; |
| 2430 | else |
| 2431 | { |
| 2432 | if (h) |
| 2433 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 2434 | else |
| 2435 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, |
| 2436 | isym, NULL); |
| 2437 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 2438 | (_("%B: '%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"), |
| 2439 | abfd, name); |
| 2440 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 2441 | goto error_return; |
| 2442 | } |
| 2443 | } |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | if (old_tls_type != tls_type) |
| 2446 | { |
| 2447 | if (eh != NULL) |
| 2448 | eh->tls_type = tls_type; |
| 2449 | else |
| 2450 | elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type; |
| 2451 | } |
| 2452 | } |
| 2453 | /* Fall through */ |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 | case R_X86_64_GOTOFF64: |
| 2456 | case R_X86_64_GOTPC32: |
| 2457 | case R_X86_64_GOTPC64: |
| 2458 | create_got: |
| 2459 | if (eh != NULL) |
| 2460 | eh->has_got_reloc = 1; |
| 2461 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 2462 | { |
| 2463 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 2464 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 2465 | if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 2466 | info)) |
| 2467 | goto error_return; |
| 2468 | } |
| 2469 | break; |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | case R_X86_64_PLT32: |
| 2472 | case R_X86_64_PLT32_BND: |
| 2473 | /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We |
| 2474 | actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol, |
| 2475 | because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is |
| 2476 | never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we |
| 2477 | don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry |
| 2478 | after all. */ |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 | /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without |
| 2481 | creating a procedure linkage table entry. */ |
| 2482 | if (h == NULL) |
| 2483 | continue; |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | eh->has_got_reloc = 1; |
| 2486 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 2487 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 2488 | break; |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | case R_X86_64_PLTOFF64: |
| 2491 | /* This tries to form the 'address' of a function relative |
| 2492 | to GOT. For global symbols we need a PLT entry. */ |
| 2493 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2494 | { |
| 2495 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 2496 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 2497 | } |
| 2498 | goto create_got; |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 | case R_X86_64_SIZE32: |
| 2501 | case R_X86_64_SIZE64: |
| 2502 | size_reloc = TRUE; |
| 2503 | goto do_size; |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 | case R_X86_64_32: |
| 2506 | if (!ABI_64_P (abfd)) |
| 2507 | goto pointer; |
| 2508 | case R_X86_64_8: |
| 2509 | case R_X86_64_16: |
| 2510 | case R_X86_64_32S: |
| 2511 | /* Check relocation overflow as these relocs may lead to |
| 2512 | run-time relocation overflow. Don't error out for |
| 2513 | sections we don't care about, such as debug sections or |
| 2514 | when relocation overflow check is disabled. */ |
| 2515 | if (!info->no_reloc_overflow_check |
| 2516 | && (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2517 | || (bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 2518 | && h != NULL |
| 2519 | && !h->def_regular |
| 2520 | && h->def_dynamic |
| 2521 | && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)) |
| 2522 | && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 2523 | return elf_x86_64_need_pic (abfd, sec, h, symtab_hdr, isym, |
| 2524 | &x86_64_elf_howto_table[r_type]); |
| 2525 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | case R_X86_64_PC8: |
| 2528 | case R_X86_64_PC16: |
| 2529 | case R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 2530 | case R_X86_64_PC32_BND: |
| 2531 | case R_X86_64_PC64: |
| 2532 | case R_X86_64_64: |
| 2533 | pointer: |
| 2534 | if (eh != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 2535 | eh->has_non_got_reloc = 1; |
| 2536 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT even if it is |
| 2537 | locally defined and undefined symbol may turn out to be |
| 2538 | a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol later. */ |
| 2539 | if (h != NULL |
| 2540 | && (bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 2541 | || ((h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2542 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 2543 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
| 2544 | && SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)))) |
| 2545 | { |
| 2546 | /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might |
| 2547 | need a copy reloc. We can't check reliably at this |
| 2548 | stage whether the section is read-only, as input |
| 2549 | sections have not yet been mapped to output sections. |
| 2550 | Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in |
| 2551 | adjust_dynamic_symbol. */ |
| 2552 | h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc |
| 2555 | refers to is in a shared lib. */ |
| 2556 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 2557 | if (r_type == R_X86_64_PC32) |
| 2558 | { |
| 2559 | /* Since something like ".long foo - ." may be used |
| 2560 | as pointer, make sure that PLT is used if foo is |
| 2561 | a function defined in a shared library. */ |
| 2562 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) |
| 2563 | h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; |
| 2564 | } |
| 2565 | else if (r_type != R_X86_64_PC32_BND |
| 2566 | && r_type != R_X86_64_PC64) |
| 2567 | { |
| 2568 | h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; |
| 2569 | /* At run-time, R_X86_64_64 can be resolved for both |
| 2570 | x86-64 and x32. But R_X86_64_32 and R_X86_64_32S |
| 2571 | can only be resolved for x32. */ |
| 2572 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 |
| 2573 | && (r_type == R_X86_64_64 |
| 2574 | || (!ABI_64_P (abfd) |
| 2575 | && (r_type == R_X86_64_32 |
| 2576 | || r_type == R_X86_64_32S)))) |
| 2577 | eh->func_pointer_refcount += 1; |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | } |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 | size_reloc = FALSE; |
| 2582 | do_size: |
| 2583 | /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc |
| 2584 | against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc |
| 2585 | against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc |
| 2586 | into the shared library. However, if we are linking with |
| 2587 | -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a |
| 2588 | global symbol which is defined in an object we are |
| 2589 | including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At |
| 2590 | this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is |
| 2591 | possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set |
| 2592 | later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition, |
| 2593 | DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in |
| 2594 | a shared library. We account for that possibility below by |
| 2595 | storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash |
| 2596 | table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating |
| 2597 | shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the |
| 2598 | symbol local. |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we |
| 2601 | may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a |
| 2602 | dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the |
| 2603 | symbol. */ |
| 2604 | if ((bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2605 | && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 2606 | && (! IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE (r_type) |
| 2607 | || (h != NULL |
| 2608 | && (! (bfd_link_pie (info) |
| 2609 | || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)) |
| 2610 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 2611 | || !h->def_regular)))) |
| 2612 | || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 2613 | && !bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2614 | && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 2615 | && h != NULL |
| 2616 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 2617 | || !h->def_regular))) |
| 2618 | { |
| 2619 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2620 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **head; |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file. |
| 2623 | Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for |
| 2624 | this reloc. */ |
| 2625 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 2626 | { |
| 2627 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 2628 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section |
| 2631 | (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 3 : 2, |
| 2632 | abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE); |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 2635 | goto error_return; |
| 2636 | } |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 | /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of |
| 2639 | relocations we need for this symbol. */ |
| 2640 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2641 | head = &eh->dyn_relocs; |
| 2642 | else |
| 2643 | { |
| 2644 | /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. |
| 2645 | We really need local syms available to do this |
| 2646 | easily. Oh well. */ |
| 2647 | asection *s; |
| 2648 | void **vpp; |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 2651 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 2652 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 2653 | goto error_return; |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| 2656 | if (s == NULL) |
| 2657 | s = sec; |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | /* Beware of type punned pointers vs strict aliasing |
| 2660 | rules. */ |
| 2661 | vpp = &(elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); |
| 2662 | head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **)vpp; |
| 2663 | } |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 | p = *head; |
| 2666 | if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) |
| 2667 | { |
| 2668 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p; |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *) |
| 2671 | bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, amt)); |
| 2672 | if (p == NULL) |
| 2673 | goto error_return; |
| 2674 | p->next = *head; |
| 2675 | *head = p; |
| 2676 | p->sec = sec; |
| 2677 | p->count = 0; |
| 2678 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 2679 | } |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | p->count += 1; |
| 2682 | /* Count size relocation as PC-relative relocation. */ |
| 2683 | if (IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE (r_type) || size_reloc) |
| 2684 | p->pc_count += 1; |
| 2685 | } |
| 2686 | break; |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. |
| 2689 | Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ |
| 2690 | case R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 2691 | if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| 2692 | goto error_return; |
| 2693 | break; |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 | /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually |
| 2696 | used. Record for later use during GC. */ |
| 2697 | case R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 2698 | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); |
| 2699 | if (h != NULL |
| 2700 | && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) |
| 2701 | goto error_return; |
| 2702 | break; |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 | default: |
| 2705 | break; |
| 2706 | } |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | if (use_plt_got |
| 2709 | && h != NULL |
| 2710 | && h->plt.refcount > 0 |
| 2711 | && (((info->flags & DF_BIND_NOW) && !h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 2712 | || h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2713 | && htab->plt_got == NULL) |
| 2714 | { |
| 2715 | /* Create the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 2716 | unsigned int plt_got_align; |
| 2717 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd); |
| 2720 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry) == 8 |
| 2721 | && (sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry) |
| 2722 | == sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry))); |
| 2723 | plt_got_align = 3; |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 2726 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 2727 | htab->plt_got |
| 2728 | = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 2729 | ".plt.got", |
| 2730 | (bed->dynamic_sec_flags |
| 2731 | | SEC_ALLOC |
| 2732 | | SEC_CODE |
| 2733 | | SEC_LOAD |
| 2734 | | SEC_READONLY)); |
| 2735 | if (htab->plt_got == NULL |
| 2736 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 2737 | htab->plt_got, |
| 2738 | plt_got_align)) |
| 2739 | goto error_return; |
| 2740 | } |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | if ((r_type == R_X86_64_GOTPCREL |
| 2743 | || r_type == R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX |
| 2744 | || r_type == R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX) |
| 2745 | && (h == NULL || h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 2746 | sec->need_convert_load = 1; |
| 2747 | } |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 2750 | { |
| 2751 | if (!info->keep_memory) |
| 2752 | free (contents); |
| 2753 | else |
| 2754 | { |
| 2755 | /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 2756 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 2757 | } |
| 2758 | } |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 | return TRUE; |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | error_return: |
| 2763 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 2764 | free (contents); |
| 2765 | sec->check_relocs_failed = 1; |
| 2766 | return FALSE; |
| 2767 | } |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given |
| 2770 | relocation. */ |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 | static asection * |
| 2773 | elf_x86_64_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, |
| 2774 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2775 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 2776 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 2777 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 2778 | { |
| 2779 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2780 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 2781 | { |
| 2782 | case R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 2783 | case R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 2784 | return NULL; |
| 2785 | } |
| 2786 | |
| 2787 | return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); |
| 2788 | } |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 | /* Remove undefined weak symbol from the dynamic symbol table if it |
| 2791 | is resolved to 0. */ |
| 2792 | |
| 2793 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2794 | elf_x86_64_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2795 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 2796 | { |
| 2797 | if (h->dynindx != -1 |
| 2798 | && UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info, |
| 2799 | elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->has_got_reloc, |
| 2800 | elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h))) |
| 2801 | { |
| 2802 | h->dynindx = -1; |
| 2803 | _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, |
| 2804 | h->dynstr_index); |
| 2805 | } |
| 2806 | return TRUE; |
| 2807 | } |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a |
| 2810 | regular object. The current definition is in some section of the |
| 2811 | dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to |
| 2812 | change the definition to something the rest of the link can |
| 2813 | understand. */ |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2816 | elf_x86_64_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2817 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 2818 | { |
| 2819 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2820 | asection *s; |
| 2821 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2822 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */ |
| 2825 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2826 | { |
| 2827 | /* All local STT_GNU_IFUNC references must be treate as local |
| 2828 | calls via local PLT. */ |
| 2829 | if (h->ref_regular |
| 2830 | && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 2831 | { |
| 2832 | bfd_size_type pc_count = 0, count = 0; |
| 2833 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 | eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2836 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2837 | { |
| 2838 | pc_count += p->pc_count; |
| 2839 | p->count -= p->pc_count; |
| 2840 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 2841 | count += p->count; |
| 2842 | if (p->count == 0) |
| 2843 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2844 | else |
| 2845 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2846 | } |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | if (pc_count || count) |
| 2849 | { |
| 2850 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 2851 | h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| 2852 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0) |
| 2853 | h->plt.refcount = 1; |
| 2854 | else |
| 2855 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 2856 | } |
| 2857 | } |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0) |
| 2860 | { |
| 2861 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2862 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2863 | } |
| 2864 | return TRUE; |
| 2865 | } |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We |
| 2868 | will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later, |
| 2869 | when we know the address of the .got section. */ |
| 2870 | if (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 2871 | || h->needs_plt) |
| 2872 | { |
| 2873 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0 |
| 2874 | || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 2875 | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT |
| 2876 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 2877 | { |
| 2878 | /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input |
| 2879 | file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic |
| 2880 | object, or if all references were garbage collected. In |
| 2881 | such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure |
| 2882 | linkage table, and we can just do a PC32 reloc instead. */ |
| 2883 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2884 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2885 | } |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | return TRUE; |
| 2888 | } |
| 2889 | else |
| 2890 | /* It's possible that we incorrectly decided a .plt reloc was |
| 2891 | needed for an R_X86_64_PC32 reloc to a non-function sym in |
| 2892 | check_relocs. We can't decide accurately between function and |
| 2893 | non-function syms in check-relocs; Objects loaded later in |
| 2894 | the link may change h->type. So fix it now. */ |
| 2895 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the |
| 2898 | processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the |
| 2899 | real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ |
| 2900 | if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) |
| 2901 | { |
| 2902 | BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 2903 | || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); |
| 2904 | h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; |
| 2905 | h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; |
| 2906 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS || info->nocopyreloc) |
| 2907 | { |
| 2908 | eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2909 | h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref; |
| 2910 | eh->needs_copy = h->u.weakdef->needs_copy; |
| 2911 | } |
| 2912 | return TRUE; |
| 2913 | } |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 | /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which |
| 2916 | is not a function. */ |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 | /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the |
| 2919 | only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. |
| 2920 | For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will |
| 2921 | be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ |
| 2922 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 2923 | return TRUE; |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the |
| 2926 | GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ |
| 2927 | if (!h->non_got_ref) |
| 2928 | return TRUE; |
| 2929 | |
| 2930 | /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ |
| 2931 | if (info->nocopyreloc) |
| 2932 | { |
| 2933 | h->non_got_ref = 0; |
| 2934 | return TRUE; |
| 2935 | } |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) |
| 2938 | { |
| 2939 | eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2940 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 2941 | { |
| 2942 | s = p->sec->output_section; |
| 2943 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 2944 | break; |
| 2945 | } |
| 2946 | |
| 2947 | /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then |
| 2948 | we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */ |
| 2949 | if (p == NULL) |
| 2950 | { |
| 2951 | h->non_got_ref = 0; |
| 2952 | return TRUE; |
| 2953 | } |
| 2954 | } |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will |
| 2957 | become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be |
| 2958 | an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic |
| 2959 | object will contain position independent code, so all references |
| 2960 | from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global |
| 2961 | offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to |
| 2962 | determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so |
| 2963 | both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the |
| 2964 | same memory location for the variable. */ |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 2967 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 2968 | return FALSE; |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | /* We must generate a R_X86_64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker |
| 2971 | to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the |
| 2972 | runtime process image. */ |
| 2973 | if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) |
| 2974 | { |
| 2975 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 2976 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd); |
| 2977 | htab->srelbss->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 2978 | h->needs_copy = 1; |
| 2979 | } |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 | s = htab->sdynbss; |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); |
| 2984 | } |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for |
| 2987 | dynamic relocs. */ |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2990 | elf_x86_64_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void * inf) |
| 2991 | { |
| 2992 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 2993 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2994 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2995 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2996 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 2997 | unsigned int plt_entry_size; |
| 2998 | bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero; |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 3001 | return TRUE; |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 | eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 3006 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 3007 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3008 | return FALSE; |
| 3009 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd); |
| 3010 | plt_entry_size = GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (info->output_bfd); |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 | resolved_to_zero = UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info, |
| 3013 | eh->has_got_reloc, |
| 3014 | eh); |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 | /* We can't use the GOT PLT if pointer equality is needed since |
| 3017 | finish_dynamic_symbol won't clear symbol value and the dynamic |
| 3018 | linker won't update the GOT slot. We will get into an infinite |
| 3019 | loop at run-time. */ |
| 3020 | if (htab->plt_got != NULL |
| 3021 | && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 3022 | && !h->pointer_equality_needed |
| 3023 | && h->plt.refcount > 0 |
| 3024 | && h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 3025 | { |
| 3026 | /* Don't use the regular PLT if there are both GOT and GOTPLT |
| 3027 | reloctions. */ |
| 3028 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | /* Use the GOT PLT. */ |
| 3031 | eh->plt_got.refcount = 1; |
| 3032 | } |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | /* Clear the reference count of function pointer relocations if |
| 3035 | symbol isn't a normal function. */ |
| 3036 | if (h->type != STT_FUNC) |
| 3037 | eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it |
| 3040 | here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object. */ |
| 3041 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 3042 | && h->def_regular) |
| 3043 | { |
| 3044 | if (_bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h, |
| 3045 | &eh->dyn_relocs, |
| 3046 | &htab->readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc, |
| 3047 | plt_entry_size, |
| 3048 | plt_entry_size, |
| 3049 | GOT_ENTRY_SIZE)) |
| 3050 | { |
| 3051 | asection *s = htab->plt_bnd; |
| 3052 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 && s != NULL) |
| 3053 | { |
| 3054 | /* Use the .plt.bnd section if it is created. */ |
| 3055 | eh->plt_bnd.offset = s->size; |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 | /* Make room for this entry in the .plt.bnd section. */ |
| 3058 | s->size += sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry); |
| 3059 | } |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | return TRUE; |
| 3062 | } |
| 3063 | else |
| 3064 | return FALSE; |
| 3065 | } |
| 3066 | /* Don't create the PLT entry if there are only function pointer |
| 3067 | relocations which can be resolved at run-time. */ |
| 3068 | else if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 3069 | && (h->plt.refcount > eh->func_pointer_refcount |
| 3070 | || eh->plt_got.refcount > 0)) |
| 3071 | { |
| 3072 | bfd_boolean use_plt_got; |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | /* Clear the reference count of function pointer relocations |
| 3075 | if PLT is used. */ |
| 3076 | eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | if ((info->flags & DF_BIND_NOW) && !h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 3079 | { |
| 3080 | /* Don't use the regular PLT for DF_BIND_NOW. */ |
| 3081 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | /* Use the GOT PLT. */ |
| 3084 | h->got.refcount = 1; |
| 3085 | eh->plt_got.refcount = 1; |
| 3086 | } |
| 3087 | |
| 3088 | use_plt_got = eh->plt_got.refcount > 0; |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 3091 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 3092 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3093 | && !h->forced_local |
| 3094 | && !resolved_to_zero) |
| 3095 | { |
| 3096 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 3097 | return FALSE; |
| 3098 | } |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3101 | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h)) |
| 3102 | { |
| 3103 | asection *s = htab->elf.splt; |
| 3104 | asection *bnd_s = htab->plt_bnd; |
| 3105 | asection *got_s = htab->plt_got; |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special |
| 3108 | first entry. The .plt section is used by prelink to undo |
| 3109 | prelinking for dynamic relocations. */ |
| 3110 | if (s->size == 0) |
| 3111 | s->size = plt_entry_size; |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 3114 | eh->plt_got.offset = got_s->size; |
| 3115 | else |
| 3116 | { |
| 3117 | h->plt.offset = s->size; |
| 3118 | if (bnd_s) |
| 3119 | eh->plt_bnd.offset = bnd_s->size; |
| 3120 | } |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 | /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are |
| 3123 | not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this |
| 3124 | location in the .plt. This is required to make function |
| 3125 | pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and |
| 3126 | the shared library. */ |
| 3127 | if (! bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3128 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 3129 | { |
| 3130 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 3131 | { |
| 3132 | /* We need to make a call to the entry of the GOT PLT |
| 3133 | instead of regular PLT entry. */ |
| 3134 | h->root.u.def.section = got_s; |
| 3135 | h->root.u.def.value = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 3136 | } |
| 3137 | else |
| 3138 | { |
| 3139 | if (bnd_s) |
| 3140 | { |
| 3141 | /* We need to make a call to the entry of the second |
| 3142 | PLT instead of regular PLT entry. */ |
| 3143 | h->root.u.def.section = bnd_s; |
| 3144 | h->root.u.def.value = eh->plt_bnd.offset; |
| 3145 | } |
| 3146 | else |
| 3147 | { |
| 3148 | h->root.u.def.section = s; |
| 3149 | h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset; |
| 3150 | } |
| 3151 | } |
| 3152 | } |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 | /* Make room for this entry. */ |
| 3155 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 3156 | got_s->size += sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry); |
| 3157 | else |
| 3158 | { |
| 3159 | s->size += plt_entry_size; |
| 3160 | if (bnd_s) |
| 3161 | bnd_s->size += sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry); |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 | /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, |
| 3164 | which will be placed in the .got section by the linker |
| 3165 | script. */ |
| 3166 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 | /* There should be no PLT relocation against resolved |
| 3169 | undefined weak symbol in executable. */ |
| 3170 | if (!resolved_to_zero) |
| 3171 | { |
| 3172 | /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt |
| 3173 | section. */ |
| 3174 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 3175 | htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count++; |
| 3176 | } |
| 3177 | } |
| 3178 | } |
| 3179 | else |
| 3180 | { |
| 3181 | eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3182 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3183 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 3184 | } |
| 3185 | } |
| 3186 | else |
| 3187 | { |
| 3188 | eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3189 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3190 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 3191 | } |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 | eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 | /* If R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF symbol is now local to the binary, |
| 3196 | make it a R_X86_64_TPOFF32 requiring no GOT entry. */ |
| 3197 | if (h->got.refcount > 0 |
| 3198 | && bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 3199 | && h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3200 | && elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 3201 | { |
| 3202 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3203 | } |
| 3204 | else if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 3205 | { |
| 3206 | asection *s; |
| 3207 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 3208 | int tls_type = elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tls_type; |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 3211 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 3212 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3213 | && !h->forced_local |
| 3214 | && !resolved_to_zero) |
| 3215 | { |
| 3216 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 3217 | return FALSE; |
| 3218 | } |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 3221 | { |
| 3222 | eh->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 3223 | - elf_x86_64_compute_jump_table_size (htab); |
| 3224 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 3225 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2; |
| 3226 | } |
| 3227 | if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type) |
| 3228 | || GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 3229 | { |
| 3230 | s = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 3231 | h->got.offset = s->size; |
| 3232 | s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 3233 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 3234 | s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 3235 | } |
| 3236 | dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 3237 | /* R_X86_64_TLSGD needs one dynamic relocation if local symbol |
| 3238 | and two if global. R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF needs one dynamic |
| 3239 | relocation. No dynamic relocation against resolved undefined |
| 3240 | weak symbol in executable. */ |
| 3241 | if ((GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) && h->dynindx == -1) |
| 3242 | || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 3243 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 3244 | else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 3245 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 3246 | else if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type) |
| 3247 | && ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
| 3248 | && !resolved_to_zero) |
| 3249 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 3250 | && (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3251 | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h))) |
| 3252 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 3253 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 3254 | { |
| 3255 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 3256 | htab->tlsdesc_plt = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3257 | } |
| 3258 | } |
| 3259 | else |
| 3260 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL) |
| 3263 | return TRUE; |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 | /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for |
| 3266 | dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be |
| 3267 | defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard |
| 3268 | space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol |
| 3269 | visibility changes. */ |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3272 | { |
| 3273 | /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call |
| 3274 | insn, or certain REL relocs that can generated via assembly. |
| 3275 | We want calls to protected symbols to resolve directly to the |
| 3276 | function rather than going via the plt. If people want |
| 3277 | function pointer comparisons to work as expected then they |
| 3278 | should avoid writing weird assembly. */ |
| 3279 | if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 3280 | { |
| 3281 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 3282 | |
| 3283 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 3284 | { |
| 3285 | p->count -= p->pc_count; |
| 3286 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 3287 | if (p->count == 0) |
| 3288 | *pp = p->next; |
| 3289 | else |
| 3290 | pp = &p->next; |
| 3291 | } |
| 3292 | } |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 | /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default |
| 3295 | visibility or in PIE. */ |
| 3296 | if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 3297 | { |
| 3298 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 3299 | { |
| 3300 | /* Undefined weak symbol is never bound locally in shared |
| 3301 | library. */ |
| 3302 | if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT |
| 3303 | || resolved_to_zero) |
| 3304 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 3305 | else if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3306 | && ! h->forced_local |
| 3307 | && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 3308 | return FALSE; |
| 3309 | } |
| 3310 | /* For PIE, discard space for pc-relative relocs against |
| 3311 | symbols which turn out to need copy relocs. */ |
| 3312 | else if (bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 3313 | && (h->needs_copy || eh->needs_copy) |
| 3314 | && h->def_dynamic |
| 3315 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 3316 | { |
| 3317 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 3320 | { |
| 3321 | if (p->pc_count != 0) |
| 3322 | *pp = p->next; |
| 3323 | else |
| 3324 | pp = &p->next; |
| 3325 | } |
| 3326 | } |
| 3327 | } |
| 3328 | } |
| 3329 | else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) |
| 3330 | { |
| 3331 | /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against |
| 3332 | symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not |
| 3333 | dynamic. Keep dynamic relocations for run-time function |
| 3334 | pointer initialization. */ |
| 3335 | |
| 3336 | if ((!h->non_got_ref |
| 3337 | || eh->func_pointer_refcount > 0 |
| 3338 | || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 3339 | && !resolved_to_zero)) |
| 3340 | && ((h->def_dynamic |
| 3341 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 3342 | || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 3343 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 3344 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))) |
| 3345 | { |
| 3346 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 3347 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 3348 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3349 | && ! h->forced_local |
| 3350 | && ! resolved_to_zero |
| 3351 | && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 3352 | return FALSE; |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 | /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the |
| 3355 | relocs. */ |
| 3356 | if (h->dynindx != -1) |
| 3357 | goto keep; |
| 3358 | } |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 3361 | eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 | keep: ; |
| 3364 | } |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 | /* Finally, allocate space. */ |
| 3367 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 3368 | { |
| 3369 | asection * sreloc; |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 | sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 | BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL); |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | sreloc->size += p->count * bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 3376 | } |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | return TRUE; |
| 3379 | } |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for |
| 3382 | local dynamic relocs. */ |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3385 | elf_x86_64_allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf) |
| 3386 | { |
| 3387 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h |
| 3388 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot; |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 | if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 3391 | || !h->def_regular |
| 3392 | || !h->ref_regular |
| 3393 | || !h->forced_local |
| 3394 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined) |
| 3395 | abort (); |
| 3396 | |
| 3397 | return elf_x86_64_allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf); |
| 3398 | } |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 | /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */ |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3403 | elf_x86_64_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 3404 | void * inf) |
| 3405 | { |
| 3406 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 3407 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | /* Skip local IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 3410 | if (h->forced_local && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 3411 | return TRUE; |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 3414 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 3415 | { |
| 3416 | asection *s = p->sec->output_section; |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 3419 | { |
| 3420 | struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 | if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3425 | || info->error_textrel) |
| 3426 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation against `%s' in readonly section `%A'\n"), |
| 3427 | p->sec->owner, h->root.root.string, |
| 3428 | p->sec); |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */ |
| 3431 | return FALSE; |
| 3432 | } |
| 3433 | } |
| 3434 | return TRUE; |
| 3435 | } |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 | /* Convert load via the GOT slot to load immediate. */ |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3440 | elf_x86_64_convert_load (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, |
| 3441 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 3442 | { |
| 3443 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 3444 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
| 3445 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
| 3446 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 3447 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3448 | bfd_boolean changed; |
| 3449 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 | /* Don't even try to convert non-ELF outputs. */ |
| 3452 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (link_info->hash)) |
| 3453 | return FALSE; |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 | /* Nothing to do if there is no need or no output. */ |
| 3456 | if ((sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC)) != (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC) |
| 3457 | || sec->need_convert_load == 0 |
| 3458 | || bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) |
| 3459 | return TRUE; |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 | /* Load the relocations for this section. */ |
| 3464 | internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs |
| 3465 | (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, |
| 3466 | link_info->keep_memory)); |
| 3467 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| 3468 | return FALSE; |
| 3469 | |
| 3470 | changed = FALSE; |
| 3471 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (link_info); |
| 3472 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 3475 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 3476 | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 3477 | else |
| 3478 | { |
| 3479 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
| 3480 | goto error_return; |
| 3481 | } |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 | irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 3484 | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 3485 | { |
| 3486 | unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); |
| 3487 | unsigned int r_symndx; |
| 3488 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 3489 | bfd_boolean converted; |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | if (r_type != R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX |
| 3492 | && r_type != R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX |
| 3493 | && r_type != R_X86_64_GOTPCREL) |
| 3494 | continue; |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 | r_symndx = htab->r_sym (irel->r_info); |
| 3497 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 3498 | h = elf_x86_64_get_local_sym_hash (htab, sec->owner, |
| 3499 | (const Elf_Internal_Rela *) irel, |
| 3500 | FALSE); |
| 3501 | else |
| 3502 | { |
| 3503 | h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 3504 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 3505 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 3506 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC must keep GOTPCREL relocations. */ |
| 3510 | if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 3511 | continue; |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | converted = FALSE; |
| 3514 | if (!elf_x86_64_convert_load_reloc (abfd, sec, contents, irel, h, |
| 3515 | &converted, link_info)) |
| 3516 | goto error_return; |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | if (converted) |
| 3519 | { |
| 3520 | changed = converted; |
| 3521 | if (h) |
| 3522 | { |
| 3523 | if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 3524 | h->got.refcount -= 1; |
| 3525 | } |
| 3526 | else |
| 3527 | { |
| 3528 | if (local_got_refcounts != NULL |
| 3529 | && local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) |
| 3530 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1; |
| 3531 | } |
| 3532 | } |
| 3533 | } |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | if (contents != NULL |
| 3536 | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 3537 | { |
| 3538 | if (!changed && !link_info->keep_memory) |
| 3539 | free (contents); |
| 3540 | else |
| 3541 | { |
| 3542 | /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 3543 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 3544 | } |
| 3545 | } |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 3548 | { |
| 3549 | if (!changed) |
| 3550 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 3551 | else |
| 3552 | elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; |
| 3553 | } |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | return TRUE; |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | error_return: |
| 3558 | if (contents != NULL |
| 3559 | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 3560 | free (contents); |
| 3561 | if (internal_relocs != NULL |
| 3562 | && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 3563 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 3564 | return FALSE; |
| 3565 | } |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 | /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3570 | elf_x86_64_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 3571 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3572 | { |
| 3573 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3574 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 3575 | asection *s; |
| 3576 | bfd_boolean relocs; |
| 3577 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 3578 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 3581 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3582 | return FALSE; |
| 3583 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 | dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| 3586 | if (dynobj == NULL) |
| 3587 | abort (); |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic |
| 3590 | relocs. */ |
| 3591 | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| 3592 | { |
| 3593 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got; |
| 3594 | bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; |
| 3595 | char *local_tls_type; |
| 3596 | bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent; |
| 3597 | bfd_size_type locsymcount; |
| 3598 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 3599 | asection *srel; |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | if (! is_x86_64_elf (ibfd)) |
| 3602 | continue; |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3605 | { |
| 3606 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | if (!elf_x86_64_convert_load (ibfd, s, info)) |
| 3609 | return FALSE; |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | for (p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) |
| 3612 | (elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); |
| 3613 | p != NULL; |
| 3614 | p = p->next) |
| 3615 | { |
| 3616 | if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) |
| 3617 | && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) |
| 3618 | { |
| 3619 | /* Input section has been discarded, either because |
| 3620 | it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to |
| 3621 | linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding |
| 3622 | the relocs too. */ |
| 3623 | } |
| 3624 | else if (p->count != 0) |
| 3625 | { |
| 3626 | srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 3627 | srel->size += p->count * bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 3628 | if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0 |
| 3629 | && (info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
| 3630 | { |
| 3631 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 3632 | if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3633 | || info->error_textrel) |
| 3634 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation in readonly section `%A'\n"), |
| 3635 | p->sec->owner, p->sec); |
| 3636 | } |
| 3637 | } |
| 3638 | } |
| 3639 | } |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); |
| 3642 | if (!local_got) |
| 3643 | continue; |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| 3646 | locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 3647 | end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; |
| 3648 | local_tls_type = elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type (ibfd); |
| 3649 | local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf_x86_64_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd); |
| 3650 | s = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 3651 | srel = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 3652 | for (; local_got < end_local_got; |
| 3653 | ++local_got, ++local_tls_type, ++local_tlsdesc_gotent) |
| 3654 | { |
| 3655 | *local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3656 | if (*local_got > 0) |
| 3657 | { |
| 3658 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 3659 | { |
| 3660 | *local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 3661 | - elf_x86_64_compute_jump_table_size (htab); |
| 3662 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 3663 | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -2; |
| 3664 | } |
| 3665 | if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 3666 | || GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 3667 | { |
| 3668 | *local_got = s->size; |
| 3669 | s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 3670 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 3671 | s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 3672 | } |
| 3673 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3674 | || GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 3675 | || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 3676 | { |
| 3677 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 3678 | { |
| 3679 | htab->elf.srelplt->size |
| 3680 | += bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 3681 | htab->tlsdesc_plt = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3682 | } |
| 3683 | if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 3684 | || GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 3685 | srel->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 3686 | } |
| 3687 | } |
| 3688 | else |
| 3689 | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3690 | } |
| 3691 | } |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 | if (htab->tls_ld_got.refcount > 0) |
| 3694 | { |
| 3695 | /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_X86_64_TLSLD |
| 3696 | relocs. */ |
| 3697 | htab->tls_ld_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size; |
| 3698 | htab->elf.sgot->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 3699 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 3700 | } |
| 3701 | else |
| 3702 | htab->tls_ld_got.offset = -1; |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 | /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global |
| 3705 | sym dynamic relocs. */ |
| 3706 | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, elf_x86_64_allocate_dynrelocs, |
| 3707 | info); |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols. */ |
| 3710 | htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, |
| 3711 | elf_x86_64_allocate_local_dynrelocs, |
| 3712 | info); |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | /* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is |
| 3715 | incremented. However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors, |
| 3716 | it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved |
| 3717 | for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump |
| 3718 | slot size. |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | PR ld/13302: We start next_irelative_index at the end of .rela.plt |
| 3721 | so that R_X86_64_IRELATIVE entries come last. */ |
| 3722 | if (htab->elf.srelplt) |
| 3723 | { |
| 3724 | htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size |
| 3725 | = elf_x86_64_compute_jump_table_size (htab); |
| 3726 | htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count - 1; |
| 3727 | } |
| 3728 | else if (htab->elf.irelplt) |
| 3729 | htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.irelplt->reloc_count - 1; |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | if (htab->tlsdesc_plt) |
| 3732 | { |
| 3733 | /* If we're not using lazy TLS relocations, don't generate the |
| 3734 | PLT and GOT entries they require. */ |
| 3735 | if ((info->flags & DF_BIND_NOW)) |
| 3736 | htab->tlsdesc_plt = 0; |
| 3737 | else |
| 3738 | { |
| 3739 | htab->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgot->size; |
| 3740 | htab->elf.sgot->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 3741 | /* Reserve room for the initial entry. |
| 3742 | FIXME: we could probably do away with it in this case. */ |
| 3743 | if (htab->elf.splt->size == 0) |
| 3744 | htab->elf.splt->size += GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (output_bfd); |
| 3745 | htab->tlsdesc_plt = htab->elf.splt->size; |
| 3746 | htab->elf.splt->size += GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (output_bfd); |
| 3747 | } |
| 3748 | } |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | if (htab->elf.sgotplt) |
| 3751 | { |
| 3752 | /* Don't allocate .got.plt section if there are no GOT nor PLT |
| 3753 | entries and there is no refeence to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ |
| 3754 | if ((htab->elf.hgot == NULL |
| 3755 | || !htab->elf.hgot->ref_regular_nonweak) |
| 3756 | && (htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 3757 | == get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->got_header_size) |
| 3758 | && (htab->elf.splt == NULL |
| 3759 | || htab->elf.splt->size == 0) |
| 3760 | && (htab->elf.sgot == NULL |
| 3761 | || htab->elf.sgot->size == 0) |
| 3762 | && (htab->elf.iplt == NULL |
| 3763 | || htab->elf.iplt->size == 0) |
| 3764 | && (htab->elf.igotplt == NULL |
| 3765 | || htab->elf.igotplt->size == 0)) |
| 3766 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size = 0; |
| 3767 | } |
| 3768 | |
| 3769 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 3770 | && htab->elf.splt != NULL |
| 3771 | && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 |
| 3772 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.splt->output_section) |
| 3773 | && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info)) |
| 3774 | { |
| 3775 | const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data *arch_data |
| 3776 | = get_elf_x86_64_arch_data (bed); |
| 3777 | htab->plt_eh_frame->size = arch_data->eh_frame_plt_size; |
| 3778 | } |
| 3779 | |
| 3780 | /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. |
| 3781 | Allocate memory for them. */ |
| 3782 | relocs = FALSE; |
| 3783 | for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3784 | { |
| 3785 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
| 3786 | continue; |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 | if (s == htab->elf.splt |
| 3789 | || s == htab->elf.sgot |
| 3790 | || s == htab->elf.sgotplt |
| 3791 | || s == htab->elf.iplt |
| 3792 | || s == htab->elf.igotplt |
| 3793 | || s == htab->plt_bnd |
| 3794 | || s == htab->plt_got |
| 3795 | || s == htab->plt_eh_frame |
| 3796 | || s == htab->sdynbss) |
| 3797 | { |
| 3798 | /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the |
| 3799 | comment below. */ |
| 3800 | } |
| 3801 | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela")) |
| 3802 | { |
| 3803 | if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->elf.srelplt) |
| 3804 | relocs = TRUE; |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need |
| 3807 | to copy relocs into the output file. */ |
| 3808 | if (s != htab->elf.srelplt) |
| 3809 | s->reloc_count = 0; |
| 3810 | } |
| 3811 | else |
| 3812 | { |
| 3813 | /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ |
| 3814 | continue; |
| 3815 | } |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 | if (s->size == 0) |
| 3818 | { |
| 3819 | /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the |
| 3820 | output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and |
| 3821 | .rela.plt. We must create both sections in |
| 3822 | create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created |
| 3823 | before the linker maps input sections to output |
| 3824 | sections. The linker does that before |
| 3825 | adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that |
| 3826 | function which decides whether anything needs to go |
| 3827 | into these sections. */ |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 | s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 3830 | continue; |
| 3831 | } |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| 3834 | continue; |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc |
| 3837 | here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the |
| 3838 | section's contents are written out. This should not happen, |
| 3839 | but this way if it does, we get a R_X86_64_NONE reloc instead |
| 3840 | of garbage. */ |
| 3841 | s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); |
| 3842 | if (s->contents == NULL) |
| 3843 | return FALSE; |
| 3844 | } |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 3847 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 3848 | { |
| 3849 | const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data *arch_data |
| 3850 | = get_elf_x86_64_arch_data (bed); |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | memcpy (htab->plt_eh_frame->contents, |
| 3853 | arch_data->eh_frame_plt, htab->plt_eh_frame->size); |
| 3854 | bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->elf.splt->size, |
| 3855 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET); |
| 3856 | } |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 3859 | { |
| 3860 | /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the |
| 3861 | values later, in elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_sections, but we |
| 3862 | must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for |
| 3863 | the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the |
| 3864 | dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ |
| 3865 | #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ |
| 3866 | _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 3869 | { |
| 3870 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) |
| 3871 | return FALSE; |
| 3872 | } |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | if (htab->elf.splt->size != 0) |
| 3875 | { |
| 3876 | /* DT_PLTGOT is used by prelink even if there is no PLT |
| 3877 | relocation. */ |
| 3878 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)) |
| 3879 | return FALSE; |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 | if (htab->elf.srelplt->size != 0) |
| 3882 | { |
| 3883 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) |
| 3884 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA) |
| 3885 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) |
| 3886 | return FALSE; |
| 3887 | } |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 | if (htab->tlsdesc_plt |
| 3890 | && (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TLSDESC_PLT, 0) |
| 3891 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_TLSDESC_GOT, 0))) |
| 3892 | return FALSE; |
| 3893 | } |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 | if (relocs) |
| 3896 | { |
| 3897 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0) |
| 3898 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0) |
| 3899 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, bed->s->sizeof_rela)) |
| 3900 | return FALSE; |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, |
| 3903 | then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ |
| 3904 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
| 3905 | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, |
| 3906 | elf_x86_64_readonly_dynrelocs, |
| 3907 | info); |
| 3908 | |
| 3909 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) |
| 3910 | { |
| 3911 | if (htab->readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc) |
| 3912 | { |
| 3913 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 3914 | (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic IFUNC relocations; recompile with -fPIC\n")); |
| 3915 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3916 | return FALSE; |
| 3917 | } |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) |
| 3920 | return FALSE; |
| 3921 | } |
| 3922 | } |
| 3923 | } |
| 3924 | #undef add_dynamic_entry |
| 3925 | |
| 3926 | return TRUE; |
| 3927 | } |
| 3928 | |
| 3929 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3930 | elf_x86_64_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 3931 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3932 | { |
| 3933 | asection *tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec; |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 | if (tls_sec) |
| 3936 | { |
| 3937 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *tlsbase; |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 | tlsbase = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), |
| 3940 | "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", |
| 3941 | FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 | if (tlsbase && tlsbase->type == STT_TLS) |
| 3944 | { |
| 3945 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3946 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL; |
| 3947 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed |
| 3948 | = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 3951 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3952 | return FALSE; |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 | if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 3955 | (info, output_bfd, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL, |
| 3956 | tls_sec, 0, NULL, FALSE, |
| 3957 | bed->collect, &bh))) |
| 3958 | return FALSE; |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | htab->tls_module_base = bh; |
| 3961 | |
| 3962 | tlsbase = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)bh; |
| 3963 | tlsbase->def_regular = 1; |
| 3964 | tlsbase->other = STV_HIDDEN; |
| 3965 | tlsbase->root.linker_def = 1; |
| 3966 | (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (info, tlsbase, TRUE); |
| 3967 | } |
| 3968 | } |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 | return TRUE; |
| 3971 | } |
| 3972 | |
| 3973 | /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ needs to be treated especially when linking |
| 3974 | executables. Rather than setting it to the beginning of the TLS |
| 3975 | section, we have to set it to the end. This function may be called |
| 3976 | multiple times, it is idempotent. */ |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | static void |
| 3979 | elf_x86_64_set_tls_module_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3980 | { |
| 3981 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3982 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *base; |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 3985 | return; |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 3988 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3989 | return; |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 | base = htab->tls_module_base; |
| 3992 | if (base == NULL) |
| 3993 | return; |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | base->u.def.value = htab->elf.tls_size; |
| 3996 | } |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses |
| 3999 | when resolving @dtpoff relocation. |
| 4000 | This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */ |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 | static bfd_vma |
| 4003 | elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 4004 | { |
| 4005 | /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ |
| 4006 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) |
| 4007 | return 0; |
| 4008 | return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma; |
| 4009 | } |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 | /* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation |
| 4012 | if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS. */ |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 | static bfd_vma |
| 4015 | elf_x86_64_tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address) |
| 4016 | { |
| 4017 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); |
| 4018 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd); |
| 4019 | bfd_vma static_tls_size; |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 | /* If tls_segment is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ |
| 4022 | if (htab->tls_sec == NULL) |
| 4023 | return 0; |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 | /* Consider special static TLS alignment requirements. */ |
| 4026 | static_tls_size = BFD_ALIGN (htab->tls_size, bed->static_tls_alignment); |
| 4027 | return address - static_tls_size - htab->tls_sec->vma; |
| 4028 | } |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 | /* Is the instruction before OFFSET in CONTENTS a 32bit relative |
| 4031 | branch? */ |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4034 | is_32bit_relative_branch (bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset) |
| 4035 | { |
| 4036 | /* Opcode Instruction |
| 4037 | 0xe8 call |
| 4038 | 0xe9 jump |
| 4039 | 0x0f 0x8x conditional jump */ |
| 4040 | return ((offset > 0 |
| 4041 | && (contents [offset - 1] == 0xe8 |
| 4042 | || contents [offset - 1] == 0xe9)) |
| 4043 | || (offset > 1 |
| 4044 | && contents [offset - 2] == 0x0f |
| 4045 | && (contents [offset - 1] & 0xf0) == 0x80)); |
| 4046 | } |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | /* Relocate an x86_64 ELF section. */ |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4051 | elf_x86_64_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 4052 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 4053 | bfd *input_bfd, |
| 4054 | asection *input_section, |
| 4055 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 4056 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, |
| 4057 | Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, |
| 4058 | asection **local_sections) |
| 4059 | { |
| 4060 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 4061 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 4062 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 4063 | bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; |
| 4064 | bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotents; |
| 4065 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 4066 | Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; |
| 4067 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; |
| 4068 | const unsigned int plt_entry_size = GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (info->output_bfd); |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 | BFD_ASSERT (is_x86_64_elf (input_bfd)); |
| 4071 | |
| 4072 | /* Skip if check_relocs failed. */ |
| 4073 | if (input_section->check_relocs_failed) |
| 4074 | return FALSE; |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 4077 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 4078 | return FALSE; |
| 4079 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); |
| 4080 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); |
| 4081 | local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); |
| 4082 | local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf_x86_64_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd); |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | elf_x86_64_set_tls_module_base (info); |
| 4085 | |
| 4086 | rel = wrel = relocs; |
| 4087 | relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; |
| 4088 | for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++) |
| 4089 | { |
| 4090 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 4091 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 4092 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 4093 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4094 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 4095 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 4096 | asection *sec; |
| 4097 | bfd_vma off, offplt, plt_offset; |
| 4098 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 4099 | bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc; |
| 4100 | bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
| 4101 | int tls_type; |
| 4102 | asection *base_got, *resolved_plt; |
| 4103 | bfd_vma st_size; |
| 4104 | bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero; |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 4107 | if (r_type == (int) R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT |
| 4108 | || r_type == (int) R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY) |
| 4109 | { |
| 4110 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 4111 | *wrel = *rel; |
| 4112 | continue; |
| 4113 | } |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | if (r_type >= (int) R_X86_64_standard) |
| 4116 | { |
| 4117 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4118 | (_("%B: unrecognized relocation (0x%x) in section `%A'"), |
| 4119 | input_bfd, input_section, r_type); |
| 4120 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4121 | return FALSE; |
| 4122 | } |
| 4123 | |
| 4124 | if (r_type != (int) R_X86_64_32 |
| 4125 | || ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 4126 | howto = x86_64_elf_howto_table + r_type; |
| 4127 | else |
| 4128 | howto = (x86_64_elf_howto_table |
| 4129 | + ARRAY_SIZE (x86_64_elf_howto_table) - 1); |
| 4130 | r_symndx = htab->r_sym (rel->r_info); |
| 4131 | h = NULL; |
| 4132 | sym = NULL; |
| 4133 | sec = NULL; |
| 4134 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4135 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 4136 | { |
| 4137 | sym = local_syms + r_symndx; |
| 4138 | sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, |
| 4141 | &sec, rel); |
| 4142 | st_size = sym->st_size; |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 | /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 4145 | if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| 4146 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 4147 | { |
| 4148 | h = elf_x86_64_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd, |
| 4149 | rel, FALSE); |
| 4150 | if (h == NULL) |
| 4151 | abort (); |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value. */ |
| 4154 | h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value; |
| 4155 | h->root.u.def.section = sec; |
| 4156 | } |
| 4157 | } |
| 4158 | else |
| 4159 | { |
| 4160 | bfd_boolean warned ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4161 | bfd_boolean ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, |
| 4164 | r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 4165 | h, sec, relocation, |
| 4166 | unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); |
| 4167 | st_size = h->size; |
| 4168 | } |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 | if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) |
| 4171 | { |
| 4172 | _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4173 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4174 | wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 4175 | wrel->r_info = 0; |
| 4176 | wrel->r_addend = 0; |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 | /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against |
| 4179 | sections defined in discarded sections. Not done for |
| 4180 | eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */ |
| 4181 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| 4182 | && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)) |
| 4183 | wrel--; |
| 4184 | |
| 4185 | continue; |
| 4186 | } |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 4189 | { |
| 4190 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 4191 | *wrel = *rel; |
| 4192 | continue; |
| 4193 | } |
| 4194 | |
| 4195 | if (rel->r_addend == 0 && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 4196 | { |
| 4197 | if (r_type == R_X86_64_64) |
| 4198 | { |
| 4199 | /* For x32, treat R_X86_64_64 like R_X86_64_32 and |
| 4200 | zero-extend it to 64bit if addend is zero. */ |
| 4201 | r_type = R_X86_64_32; |
| 4202 | memset (contents + rel->r_offset + 4, 0, 4); |
| 4203 | } |
| 4204 | else if (r_type == R_X86_64_SIZE64) |
| 4205 | { |
| 4206 | /* For x32, treat R_X86_64_SIZE64 like R_X86_64_SIZE32 and |
| 4207 | zero-extend it to 64bit if addend is zero. */ |
| 4208 | r_type = R_X86_64_SIZE32; |
| 4209 | memset (contents + rel->r_offset + 4, 0, 4); |
| 4210 | } |
| 4211 | } |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 | eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 | /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle |
| 4216 | it here if it is defined in a non-shared object. */ |
| 4217 | if (h != NULL |
| 4218 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 4219 | && h->def_regular) |
| 4220 | { |
| 4221 | bfd_vma plt_index; |
| 4222 | const char *name; |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 4225 | { |
| 4226 | /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING |
| 4227 | sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and |
| 4228 | thus ld.so will not process them. */ |
| 4229 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0) |
| 4230 | continue; |
| 4231 | abort (); |
| 4232 | } |
| 4233 | else if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4234 | abort (); |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */ |
| 4237 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 4238 | { |
| 4239 | if (htab->plt_bnd != NULL) |
| 4240 | { |
| 4241 | resolved_plt = htab->plt_bnd; |
| 4242 | plt_offset = eh->plt_bnd.offset; |
| 4243 | } |
| 4244 | else |
| 4245 | { |
| 4246 | resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 4247 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 4248 | } |
| 4249 | } |
| 4250 | else |
| 4251 | { |
| 4252 | resolved_plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 4253 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 4254 | } |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 | relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma |
| 4257 | + resolved_plt->output_offset + plt_offset); |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | switch (r_type) |
| 4260 | { |
| 4261 | default: |
| 4262 | if (h->root.root.string) |
| 4263 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 4264 | else |
| 4265 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, |
| 4266 | NULL); |
| 4267 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4268 | (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC " |
| 4269 | "symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), input_bfd, |
| 4270 | howto->name, name, __FUNCTION__); |
| 4271 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4272 | return FALSE; |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 | case R_X86_64_32S: |
| 4275 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4276 | abort (); |
| 4277 | goto do_relocation; |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 | case R_X86_64_32: |
| 4280 | if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 4281 | goto do_relocation; |
| 4282 | /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 4283 | case R_X86_64_64: |
| 4284 | if (rel->r_addend != 0) |
| 4285 | { |
| 4286 | if (h->root.root.string) |
| 4287 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 4288 | else |
| 4289 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, |
| 4290 | sym, NULL); |
| 4291 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4292 | (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC " |
| 4293 | "symbol `%s' has non-zero addend: %d"), |
| 4294 | input_bfd, howto->name, name, rel->r_addend); |
| 4295 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4296 | return FALSE; |
| 4297 | } |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | /* Generate dynamic relcoation only when there is a |
| 4300 | non-GOT reference in a shared object. */ |
| 4301 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) && h->non_got_ref) |
| 4302 | { |
| 4303 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4304 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4305 | |
| 4306 | /* Need a dynamic relocation to get the real function |
| 4307 | address. */ |
| 4308 | outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, |
| 4309 | info, |
| 4310 | input_section, |
| 4311 | rel->r_offset); |
| 4312 | if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 4313 | || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 4314 | abort (); |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 4317 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 4320 | || h->forced_local |
| 4321 | || bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 4322 | { |
| 4323 | /* This symbol is resolved locally. */ |
| 4324 | outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_IRELATIVE); |
| 4325 | outrel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 4326 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 4327 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 4328 | } |
| 4329 | else |
| 4330 | { |
| 4331 | outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (h->dynindx, r_type); |
| 4332 | outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| 4333 | } |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 | sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc; |
| 4336 | elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we |
| 4339 | do not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, |
| 4340 | we need to include the symbol value so that it |
| 4341 | becomes an addend for the dynamic reloc. For an |
| 4342 | internal symbol, we have updated addend. */ |
| 4343 | continue; |
| 4344 | } |
| 4345 | /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 4346 | case R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 4347 | case R_X86_64_PC32_BND: |
| 4348 | case R_X86_64_PC64: |
| 4349 | case R_X86_64_PLT32: |
| 4350 | case R_X86_64_PLT32_BND: |
| 4351 | goto do_relocation; |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL: |
| 4354 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX: |
| 4355 | case R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX: |
| 4356 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64: |
| 4357 | base_got = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 4358 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 | if (base_got == NULL) |
| 4361 | abort (); |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | if (off == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4364 | { |
| 4365 | /* We can't use h->got.offset here to save state, or |
| 4366 | even just remember the offset, as finish_dynamic_symbol |
| 4367 | would use that as offset into .got. */ |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 4370 | { |
| 4371 | plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size - 1; |
| 4372 | off = (plt_index + 3) * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 4373 | base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 4374 | } |
| 4375 | else |
| 4376 | { |
| 4377 | plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size; |
| 4378 | off = plt_index * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 4379 | base_got = htab->elf.igotplt; |
| 4380 | } |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 4383 | || h->forced_local |
| 4384 | || info->symbolic) |
| 4385 | { |
| 4386 | /* This references the local defitionion. We must |
| 4387 | initialize this entry in the global offset table. |
| 4388 | Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8, |
| 4389 | we use the least significant bit to record |
| 4390 | whether we have initialized it already. |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 | When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got |
| 4393 | relocation entry to initialize the value. This |
| 4394 | is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */ |
| 4395 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 4396 | off &= ~1; |
| 4397 | else |
| 4398 | { |
| 4399 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 4400 | base_got->contents + off); |
| 4401 | /* Note that this is harmless for the GOTPLT64 |
| 4402 | case, as -1 | 1 still is -1. */ |
| 4403 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 4404 | } |
| 4405 | } |
| 4406 | } |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 | relocation = (base_got->output_section->vma |
| 4409 | + base_got->output_offset + off); |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | goto do_relocation; |
| 4412 | } |
| 4413 | } |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | resolved_to_zero = (eh != NULL |
| 4416 | && UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info, |
| 4417 | eh->has_got_reloc, |
| 4418 | eh)); |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | /* When generating a shared object, the relocations handled here are |
| 4421 | copied into the output file to be resolved at run time. */ |
| 4422 | switch (r_type) |
| 4423 | { |
| 4424 | case R_X86_64_GOT32: |
| 4425 | case R_X86_64_GOT64: |
| 4426 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global |
| 4427 | offset table. */ |
| 4428 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL: |
| 4429 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX: |
| 4430 | case R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX: |
| 4431 | case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64: |
| 4432 | /* Use global offset table entry as symbol value. */ |
| 4433 | case R_X86_64_GOTPLT64: |
| 4434 | /* This is obsolete and treated the the same as GOT64. */ |
| 4435 | base_got = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 4438 | abort (); |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4441 | { |
| 4442 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 4445 | if (h->needs_plt |
| 4446 | && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma)-1 |
| 4447 | && off == (bfd_vma)-1) |
| 4448 | { |
| 4449 | /* We can't use h->got.offset here to save |
| 4450 | state, or even just remember the offset, as |
| 4451 | finish_dynamic_symbol would use that as offset into |
| 4452 | .got. */ |
| 4453 | bfd_vma plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size - 1; |
| 4454 | off = (plt_index + 3) * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 4455 | base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 4456 | } |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 | dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 | if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info), h) |
| 4461 | || (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 4462 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 4463 | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) |
| 4464 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 4465 | { |
| 4466 | /* This is actually a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic |
| 4467 | link and the symbol is defined locally, or the symbol |
| 4468 | was forced to be local because of a version file. We |
| 4469 | must initialize this entry in the global offset table. |
| 4470 | Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8, we |
| 4471 | use the least significant bit to record whether we |
| 4472 | have initialized it already. |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 | When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got |
| 4475 | relocation entry to initialize the value. This is |
| 4476 | done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */ |
| 4477 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 4478 | off &= ~1; |
| 4479 | else |
| 4480 | { |
| 4481 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 4482 | base_got->contents + off); |
| 4483 | /* Note that this is harmless for the GOTPLT64 case, |
| 4484 | as -1 | 1 still is -1. */ |
| 4485 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 4486 | } |
| 4487 | } |
| 4488 | else |
| 4489 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4490 | } |
| 4491 | else |
| 4492 | { |
| 4493 | if (local_got_offsets == NULL) |
| 4494 | abort (); |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
| 4497 | |
| 4498 | /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use |
| 4499 | the least significant bit to record whether we have |
| 4500 | already generated the necessary reloc. */ |
| 4501 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 4502 | off &= ~1; |
| 4503 | else |
| 4504 | { |
| 4505 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 4506 | base_got->contents + off); |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4509 | { |
| 4510 | asection *s; |
| 4511 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 | /* We need to generate a R_X86_64_RELATIVE reloc |
| 4514 | for the dynamic linker. */ |
| 4515 | s = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 4516 | if (s == NULL) |
| 4517 | abort (); |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 | outrel.r_offset = (base_got->output_section->vma |
| 4520 | + base_got->output_offset |
| 4521 | + off); |
| 4522 | outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_RELATIVE); |
| 4523 | outrel.r_addend = relocation; |
| 4524 | elf_append_rela (output_bfd, s, &outrel); |
| 4525 | } |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
| 4528 | } |
| 4529 | } |
| 4530 | |
| 4531 | if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 4532 | abort (); |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | relocation = base_got->output_section->vma |
| 4535 | + base_got->output_offset + off; |
| 4536 | if (r_type != R_X86_64_GOTPCREL |
| 4537 | && r_type != R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX |
| 4538 | && r_type != R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX |
| 4539 | && r_type != R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64) |
| 4540 | relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4541 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 | break; |
| 4544 | |
| 4545 | case R_X86_64_GOTOFF64: |
| 4546 | /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset |
| 4547 | table. */ |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 | /* Check to make sure it isn't a protected function or data |
| 4550 | symbol for shared library since it may not be local when |
| 4551 | used as function address or with copy relocation. We also |
| 4552 | need to make sure that a symbol is referenced locally. */ |
| 4553 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) && h) |
| 4554 | { |
| 4555 | if (!h->def_regular) |
| 4556 | { |
| 4557 | const char *v; |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)) |
| 4560 | { |
| 4561 | case STV_HIDDEN: |
| 4562 | v = _("hidden symbol"); |
| 4563 | break; |
| 4564 | case STV_INTERNAL: |
| 4565 | v = _("internal symbol"); |
| 4566 | break; |
| 4567 | case STV_PROTECTED: |
| 4568 | v = _("protected symbol"); |
| 4569 | break; |
| 4570 | default: |
| 4571 | v = _("symbol"); |
| 4572 | break; |
| 4573 | } |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4576 | (_("%B: relocation R_X86_64_GOTOFF64 against undefined %s `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"), |
| 4577 | input_bfd, v, h->root.root.string); |
| 4578 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4579 | return FALSE; |
| 4580 | } |
| 4581 | else if (!bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 4582 | && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 4583 | && (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 4584 | || h->type == STT_OBJECT) |
| 4585 | && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_PROTECTED) |
| 4586 | { |
| 4587 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4588 | (_("%B: relocation R_X86_64_GOTOFF64 against protected %s `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"), |
| 4589 | input_bfd, |
| 4590 | h->type == STT_FUNC ? "function" : "data", |
| 4591 | h->root.root.string); |
| 4592 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4593 | return FALSE; |
| 4594 | } |
| 4595 | } |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 | /* Note that sgot is not involved in this |
| 4598 | calculation. We always want the start of .got.plt. If we |
| 4599 | defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ in a different way, as is |
| 4600 | permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this |
| 4601 | calculation. */ |
| 4602 | relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4603 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 4604 | break; |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | case R_X86_64_GOTPC32: |
| 4607 | case R_X86_64_GOTPC64: |
| 4608 | /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */ |
| 4609 | relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4610 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 4611 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4612 | break; |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 | case R_X86_64_PLTOFF64: |
| 4615 | /* Relocation is PLT entry relative to GOT. For local |
| 4616 | symbols it's the symbol itself relative to GOT. */ |
| 4617 | if (h != NULL |
| 4618 | /* See PLT32 handling. */ |
| 4619 | && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 4620 | && htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 4621 | { |
| 4622 | if (htab->plt_bnd != NULL) |
| 4623 | { |
| 4624 | resolved_plt = htab->plt_bnd; |
| 4625 | plt_offset = eh->plt_bnd.offset; |
| 4626 | } |
| 4627 | else |
| 4628 | { |
| 4629 | resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 4630 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 4631 | } |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma |
| 4634 | + resolved_plt->output_offset |
| 4635 | + plt_offset); |
| 4636 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4637 | } |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 | relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4640 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 4641 | break; |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 | case R_X86_64_PLT32: |
| 4644 | case R_X86_64_PLT32_BND: |
| 4645 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the |
| 4646 | procedure linkage table. */ |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 | /* Resolve a PLT32 reloc against a local symbol directly, |
| 4649 | without using the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 4650 | if (h == NULL) |
| 4651 | break; |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 | if ((h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 4654 | && eh->plt_got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4655 | || htab->elf.splt == NULL) |
| 4656 | { |
| 4657 | /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This |
| 4658 | happens when statically linking PIC code, or when |
| 4659 | using -Bsymbolic. */ |
| 4660 | break; |
| 4661 | } |
| 4662 | |
| 4663 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4664 | { |
| 4665 | if (htab->plt_bnd != NULL) |
| 4666 | { |
| 4667 | resolved_plt = htab->plt_bnd; |
| 4668 | plt_offset = eh->plt_bnd.offset; |
| 4669 | } |
| 4670 | else |
| 4671 | { |
| 4672 | resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 4673 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 4674 | } |
| 4675 | } |
| 4676 | else |
| 4677 | { |
| 4678 | /* Use the GOT PLT. */ |
| 4679 | resolved_plt = htab->plt_got; |
| 4680 | plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 4681 | } |
| 4682 | |
| 4683 | relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma |
| 4684 | + resolved_plt->output_offset |
| 4685 | + plt_offset); |
| 4686 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4687 | break; |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | case R_X86_64_SIZE32: |
| 4690 | case R_X86_64_SIZE64: |
| 4691 | /* Set to symbol size. */ |
| 4692 | relocation = st_size; |
| 4693 | goto direct; |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | case R_X86_64_PC8: |
| 4696 | case R_X86_64_PC16: |
| 4697 | case R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 4698 | case R_X86_64_PC32_BND: |
| 4699 | /* Don't complain about -fPIC if the symbol is undefined when |
| 4700 | building executable unless it is unresolved weak symbol. */ |
| 4701 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 4702 | && (input_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0 |
| 4703 | && h != NULL |
| 4704 | && ((bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 4705 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 4706 | && !resolved_to_zero) |
| 4707 | || (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 4708 | && !(bfd_link_pie (info) |
| 4709 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))) |
| 4710 | { |
| 4711 | bfd_boolean fail = FALSE; |
| 4712 | bfd_boolean branch |
| 4713 | = ((r_type == R_X86_64_PC32 |
| 4714 | || r_type == R_X86_64_PC32_BND) |
| 4715 | && is_32bit_relative_branch (contents, rel->r_offset)); |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 4718 | { |
| 4719 | /* Symbol is referenced locally. Make sure it is |
| 4720 | defined locally or for a branch. */ |
| 4721 | fail = !h->def_regular && !branch; |
| 4722 | } |
| 4723 | else if (!(bfd_link_pie (info) |
| 4724 | && (h->needs_copy || eh->needs_copy))) |
| 4725 | { |
| 4726 | /* Symbol doesn't need copy reloc and isn't referenced |
| 4727 | locally. We only allow branch to symbol with |
| 4728 | non-default visibility. */ |
| 4729 | fail = (!branch |
| 4730 | || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT); |
| 4731 | } |
| 4732 | |
| 4733 | if (fail) |
| 4734 | return elf_x86_64_need_pic (input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4735 | h, NULL, NULL, howto); |
| 4736 | } |
| 4737 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 4738 | |
| 4739 | case R_X86_64_8: |
| 4740 | case R_X86_64_16: |
| 4741 | case R_X86_64_32: |
| 4742 | case R_X86_64_PC64: |
| 4743 | case R_X86_64_64: |
| 4744 | /* FIXME: The ABI says the linker should make sure the value is |
| 4745 | the same when it's zeroextended to 64 bit. */ |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | direct: |
| 4748 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 4749 | break; |
| 4750 | |
| 4751 | /* Don't copy a pc-relative relocation into the output file |
| 4752 | if the symbol needs copy reloc or the symbol is undefined |
| 4753 | when building executable. Copy dynamic function pointer |
| 4754 | relocations. Don't generate dynamic relocations against |
| 4755 | resolved undefined weak symbols in PIE. */ |
| 4756 | if ((bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 4757 | && !(bfd_link_pie (info) |
| 4758 | && h != NULL |
| 4759 | && (h->needs_copy |
| 4760 | || eh->needs_copy |
| 4761 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
| 4762 | && IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE (r_type)) |
| 4763 | && (h == NULL |
| 4764 | || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
| 4765 | && !resolved_to_zero) |
| 4766 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 4767 | && ((! IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE (r_type) |
| 4768 | && r_type != R_X86_64_SIZE32 |
| 4769 | && r_type != R_X86_64_SIZE64) |
| 4770 | || ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) |
| 4771 | || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 4772 | && !bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 4773 | && h != NULL |
| 4774 | && h->dynindx != -1 |
| 4775 | && (!h->non_got_ref |
| 4776 | || eh->func_pointer_refcount > 0 |
| 4777 | || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 4778 | && !resolved_to_zero)) |
| 4779 | && ((h->def_dynamic && !h->def_regular) |
| 4780 | /* Undefined weak symbol is bound locally when |
| 4781 | PIC is false. */ |
| 4782 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))) |
| 4783 | { |
| 4784 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4785 | bfd_boolean skip, relocate; |
| 4786 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4787 | |
| 4788 | /* When generating a shared object, these relocations |
| 4789 | are copied into the output file to be resolved at run |
| 4790 | time. */ |
| 4791 | skip = FALSE; |
| 4792 | relocate = FALSE; |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | outrel.r_offset = |
| 4795 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
| 4796 | rel->r_offset); |
| 4797 | if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4798 | skip = TRUE; |
| 4799 | else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 4800 | skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE; |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 | outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 4803 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 | if (skip) |
| 4806 | memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to |
| 4809 | become local. */ |
| 4810 | else if (h != NULL |
| 4811 | && h->dynindx != -1 |
| 4812 | && (IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE (r_type) |
| 4813 | || !(bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 4814 | || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)) |
| 4815 | || ! h->def_regular)) |
| 4816 | { |
| 4817 | outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (h->dynindx, r_type); |
| 4818 | outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 4819 | } |
| 4820 | else |
| 4821 | { |
| 4822 | /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. |
| 4823 | When relocation overflow check is disabled, we |
| 4824 | convert R_X86_64_32 to dynamic R_X86_64_RELATIVE. */ |
| 4825 | if (r_type == htab->pointer_r_type |
| 4826 | || (r_type == R_X86_64_32 |
| 4827 | && info->no_reloc_overflow_check)) |
| 4828 | { |
| 4829 | relocate = TRUE; |
| 4830 | outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_RELATIVE); |
| 4831 | outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend; |
| 4832 | } |
| 4833 | else if (r_type == R_X86_64_64 |
| 4834 | && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 4835 | { |
| 4836 | relocate = TRUE; |
| 4837 | outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (0, |
| 4838 | R_X86_64_RELATIVE64); |
| 4839 | outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend; |
| 4840 | /* Check addend overflow. */ |
| 4841 | if ((outrel.r_addend & 0x80000000) |
| 4842 | != (rel->r_addend & 0x80000000)) |
| 4843 | { |
| 4844 | const char *name; |
| 4845 | int addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 4846 | if (h && h->root.root.string) |
| 4847 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 4848 | else |
| 4849 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, |
| 4850 | sym, NULL); |
| 4851 | if (addend < 0) |
| 4852 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4853 | (_("%B: addend -0x%x in relocation %s against " |
| 4854 | "symbol `%s' at 0x%lx in section `%A' is " |
| 4855 | "out of range"), |
| 4856 | input_bfd, input_section, addend, |
| 4857 | howto->name, name, |
| 4858 | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); |
| 4859 | else |
| 4860 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4861 | (_("%B: addend 0x%x in relocation %s against " |
| 4862 | "symbol `%s' at 0x%lx in section `%A' is " |
| 4863 | "out of range"), |
| 4864 | input_bfd, input_section, addend, |
| 4865 | howto->name, name, |
| 4866 | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); |
| 4867 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4868 | return FALSE; |
| 4869 | } |
| 4870 | } |
| 4871 | else |
| 4872 | { |
| 4873 | long sindx; |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) |
| 4876 | sindx = 0; |
| 4877 | else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) |
| 4878 | { |
| 4879 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4880 | return FALSE; |
| 4881 | } |
| 4882 | else |
| 4883 | { |
| 4884 | asection *osec; |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | /* We are turning this relocation into one |
| 4887 | against a section symbol. It would be |
| 4888 | proper to subtract the symbol's value, |
| 4889 | osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend, |
| 4890 | but ld.so expects buggy relocs. */ |
| 4891 | osec = sec->output_section; |
| 4892 | sindx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; |
| 4893 | if (sindx == 0) |
| 4894 | { |
| 4895 | asection *oi = htab->elf.text_index_section; |
| 4896 | sindx = elf_section_data (oi)->dynindx; |
| 4897 | } |
| 4898 | BFD_ASSERT (sindx != 0); |
| 4899 | } |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 | outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (sindx, r_type); |
| 4902 | outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend; |
| 4903 | } |
| 4904 | } |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | if (sreloc == NULL || sreloc->contents == NULL) |
| 4909 | { |
| 4910 | r = bfd_reloc_notsupported; |
| 4911 | goto check_relocation_error; |
| 4912 | } |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 | elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 | /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do |
| 4917 | not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we |
| 4918 | need to include the symbol value so that it becomes |
| 4919 | an addend for the dynamic reloc. */ |
| 4920 | if (! relocate) |
| 4921 | continue; |
| 4922 | } |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 | break; |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | case R_X86_64_TLSGD: |
| 4927 | case R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: |
| 4928 | case R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 4929 | case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: |
| 4930 | tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 4931 | if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets) |
| 4932 | tls_type = elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]; |
| 4933 | else if (h != NULL) |
| 4934 | tls_type = elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tls_type; |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 | if (! elf_x86_64_tls_transition (info, input_bfd, |
| 4937 | input_section, contents, |
| 4938 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 4939 | &r_type, tls_type, rel, |
| 4940 | relend, h, r_symndx, TRUE)) |
| 4941 | return FALSE; |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 | if (r_type == R_X86_64_TPOFF32) |
| 4944 | { |
| 4945 | bfd_vma roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 | BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc); |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_TLSGD) |
| 4950 | { |
| 4951 | /* GD->LE transition. For 64bit, change |
| 4952 | .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 4953 | .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 4954 | or |
| 4955 | .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 4956 | .byte 0x66; rex64 |
| 4957 | call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 4958 | which may be converted to |
| 4959 | addr32 call __tls_get_addr |
| 4960 | into: |
| 4961 | movq %fs:0, %rax |
| 4962 | leaq foo@tpoff(%rax), %rax |
| 4963 | For 32bit, change |
| 4964 | leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 4965 | .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 4966 | or |
| 4967 | leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 4968 | .byte 0x66; rex64 |
| 4969 | call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 4970 | which may be converted to |
| 4971 | addr32 call __tls_get_addr |
| 4972 | into: |
| 4973 | movl %fs:0, %eax |
| 4974 | leaq foo@tpoff(%rax), %rax |
| 4975 | For largepic, change: |
| 4976 | leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 4977 | movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax |
| 4978 | addq %r15, %rax |
| 4979 | call *%rax |
| 4980 | into: |
| 4981 | movq %fs:0, %rax |
| 4982 | leaq foo@tpoff(%rax), %rax |
| 4983 | nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1) */ |
| 4984 | int largepic = 0; |
| 4985 | if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 4986 | { |
| 4987 | if (contents[roff + 5] == 0xb8) |
| 4988 | { |
| 4989 | memcpy (contents + roff - 3, |
| 4990 | "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x8d\x80" |
| 4991 | "\0\0\0\0\x66\x0f\x1f\x44\0", 22); |
| 4992 | largepic = 1; |
| 4993 | } |
| 4994 | else |
| 4995 | memcpy (contents + roff - 4, |
| 4996 | "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x8d\x80\0\0\0", |
| 4997 | 16); |
| 4998 | } |
| 4999 | else |
| 5000 | memcpy (contents + roff - 3, |
| 5001 | "\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x8d\x80\0\0\0", |
| 5002 | 15); |
| 5003 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5004 | elf_x86_64_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 5005 | contents + roff + 8 + largepic); |
| 5006 | /* Skip R_X86_64_PC32, R_X86_64_PLT32, |
| 5007 | R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX and R_X86_64_PLTOFF64. */ |
| 5008 | rel++; |
| 5009 | wrel++; |
| 5010 | continue; |
| 5011 | } |
| 5012 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC) |
| 5013 | { |
| 5014 | /* GDesc -> LE transition. |
| 5015 | It's originally something like: |
| 5016 | leaq x@tlsdesc(%rip), %rax |
| 5017 | |
| 5018 | Change it to: |
| 5019 | movl $x@tpoff, %rax. */ |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 | unsigned int val, type; |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 3); |
| 5024 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1); |
| 5025 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x48 | ((type >> 2) & 1), |
| 5026 | contents + roff - 3); |
| 5027 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7, contents + roff - 2); |
| 5028 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 5029 | contents + roff - 1); |
| 5030 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5031 | elf_x86_64_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 5032 | contents + roff); |
| 5033 | continue; |
| 5034 | } |
| 5035 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL) |
| 5036 | { |
| 5037 | /* GDesc -> LE transition. |
| 5038 | It's originally: |
| 5039 | call *(%rax) |
| 5040 | Turn it into: |
| 5041 | xchg %ax,%ax. */ |
| 5042 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff); |
| 5043 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1); |
| 5044 | continue; |
| 5045 | } |
| 5046 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF) |
| 5047 | { |
| 5048 | /* IE->LE transition: |
| 5049 | For 64bit, originally it can be one of: |
| 5050 | movq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 5051 | addq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 5052 | We change it into: |
| 5053 | movq $foo, %reg |
| 5054 | leaq foo(%reg), %reg |
| 5055 | addq $foo, %reg. |
| 5056 | For 32bit, originally it can be one of: |
| 5057 | movq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 5058 | addl foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 5059 | We change it into: |
| 5060 | movq $foo, %reg |
| 5061 | leal foo(%reg), %reg |
| 5062 | addl $foo, %reg. */ |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 | unsigned int val, type, reg; |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | if (roff >= 3) |
| 5067 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 3); |
| 5068 | else |
| 5069 | val = 0; |
| 5070 | type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 2); |
| 5071 | reg = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1); |
| 5072 | reg >>= 3; |
| 5073 | if (type == 0x8b) |
| 5074 | { |
| 5075 | /* movq */ |
| 5076 | if (val == 0x4c) |
| 5077 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x49, |
| 5078 | contents + roff - 3); |
| 5079 | else if (!ABI_64_P (output_bfd) && val == 0x44) |
| 5080 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x41, |
| 5081 | contents + roff - 3); |
| 5082 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7, |
| 5083 | contents + roff - 2); |
| 5084 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | reg, |
| 5085 | contents + roff - 1); |
| 5086 | } |
| 5087 | else if (reg == 4) |
| 5088 | { |
| 5089 | /* addq/addl -> addq/addl - addressing with %rsp/%r12 |
| 5090 | is special */ |
| 5091 | if (val == 0x4c) |
| 5092 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x49, |
| 5093 | contents + roff - 3); |
| 5094 | else if (!ABI_64_P (output_bfd) && val == 0x44) |
| 5095 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x41, |
| 5096 | contents + roff - 3); |
| 5097 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81, |
| 5098 | contents + roff - 2); |
| 5099 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | reg, |
| 5100 | contents + roff - 1); |
| 5101 | } |
| 5102 | else |
| 5103 | { |
| 5104 | /* addq/addl -> leaq/leal */ |
| 5105 | if (val == 0x4c) |
| 5106 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x4d, |
| 5107 | contents + roff - 3); |
| 5108 | else if (!ABI_64_P (output_bfd) && val == 0x44) |
| 5109 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x45, |
| 5110 | contents + roff - 3); |
| 5111 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8d, |
| 5112 | contents + roff - 2); |
| 5113 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x80 | reg | (reg << 3), |
| 5114 | contents + roff - 1); |
| 5115 | } |
| 5116 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5117 | elf_x86_64_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 5118 | contents + roff); |
| 5119 | continue; |
| 5120 | } |
| 5121 | else |
| 5122 | BFD_ASSERT (FALSE); |
| 5123 | } |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 5126 | abort (); |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 | if (h != NULL) |
| 5129 | { |
| 5130 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 5131 | offplt = elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got; |
| 5132 | } |
| 5133 | else |
| 5134 | { |
| 5135 | if (local_got_offsets == NULL) |
| 5136 | abort (); |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
| 5139 | offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx]; |
| 5140 | } |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 5143 | off &= ~1; |
| 5144 | else |
| 5145 | { |
| 5146 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 5147 | int dr_type, indx; |
| 5148 | asection *sreloc; |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 5151 | abort (); |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 | indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0; |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 5156 | { |
| 5157 | outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (indx, R_X86_64_TLSDESC); |
| 5158 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt |
| 5159 | + 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE <= htab->elf.sgotplt->size); |
| 5160 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5161 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 5162 | + offplt |
| 5163 | + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size); |
| 5164 | sreloc = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 5165 | if (indx == 0) |
| 5166 | outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (info); |
| 5167 | else |
| 5168 | outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| 5169 | elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 5170 | } |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 | sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5175 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 5178 | dr_type = R_X86_64_DTPMOD64; |
| 5179 | else if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 5180 | goto dr_done; |
| 5181 | else |
| 5182 | dr_type = R_X86_64_TPOFF64; |
| 5183 | |
| 5184 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 5185 | outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| 5186 | if ((dr_type == R_X86_64_TPOFF64 |
| 5187 | || dr_type == R_X86_64_TLSDESC) && indx == 0) |
| 5188 | outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (info); |
| 5189 | outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (indx, dr_type); |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 5194 | { |
| 5195 | if (indx == 0) |
| 5196 | { |
| 5197 | BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc); |
| 5198 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, |
| 5199 | relocation - elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (info), |
| 5200 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE); |
| 5201 | } |
| 5202 | else |
| 5203 | { |
| 5204 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 5205 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE); |
| 5206 | outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (indx, |
| 5207 | R_X86_64_DTPOFF64); |
| 5208 | outrel.r_offset += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 5209 | elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, |
| 5210 | &outrel); |
| 5211 | } |
| 5212 | } |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 | dr_done: |
| 5215 | if (h != NULL) |
| 5216 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 5217 | else |
| 5218 | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
| 5219 | } |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2 |
| 5222 | && ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 5223 | abort (); |
| 5224 | if (r_type == ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 5225 | { |
| 5226 | if (r_type == R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC |
| 5227 | || r_type == R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL) |
| 5228 | relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5229 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 5230 | + offplt + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size; |
| 5231 | else |
| 5232 | relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5233 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off; |
| 5234 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 5235 | } |
| 5236 | else |
| 5237 | { |
| 5238 | bfd_vma roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_TLSGD) |
| 5241 | { |
| 5242 | /* GD->IE transition. For 64bit, change |
| 5243 | .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 5244 | .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 5245 | or |
| 5246 | .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 5247 | .byte 0x66; rex64 |
| 5248 | call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip |
| 5249 | which may be converted to |
| 5250 | addr32 call __tls_get_addr |
| 5251 | into: |
| 5252 | movq %fs:0, %rax |
| 5253 | addq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %rax |
| 5254 | For 32bit, change |
| 5255 | leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 5256 | .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 5257 | or |
| 5258 | leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 5259 | .byte 0x66; rex64; |
| 5260 | call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 5261 | which may be converted to |
| 5262 | addr32 call __tls_get_addr |
| 5263 | into: |
| 5264 | movl %fs:0, %eax |
| 5265 | addq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %rax |
| 5266 | For largepic, change: |
| 5267 | leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 5268 | movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax |
| 5269 | addq %r15, %rax |
| 5270 | call *%rax |
| 5271 | into: |
| 5272 | movq %fs:0, %rax |
| 5273 | addq foo@gottpoff(%rax), %rax |
| 5274 | nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1) */ |
| 5275 | int largepic = 0; |
| 5276 | if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 5277 | { |
| 5278 | if (contents[roff + 5] == 0xb8) |
| 5279 | { |
| 5280 | memcpy (contents + roff - 3, |
| 5281 | "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x03\x05" |
| 5282 | "\0\0\0\0\x66\x0f\x1f\x44\0", 22); |
| 5283 | largepic = 1; |
| 5284 | } |
| 5285 | else |
| 5286 | memcpy (contents + roff - 4, |
| 5287 | "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x03\x05\0\0\0", |
| 5288 | 16); |
| 5289 | } |
| 5290 | else |
| 5291 | memcpy (contents + roff - 3, |
| 5292 | "\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x03\x05\0\0\0", |
| 5293 | 15); |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5296 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 5297 | - roff |
| 5298 | - largepic |
| 5299 | - input_section->output_section->vma |
| 5300 | - input_section->output_offset |
| 5301 | - 12); |
| 5302 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 5303 | contents + roff + 8 + largepic); |
| 5304 | /* Skip R_X86_64_PLT32/R_X86_64_PLTOFF64. */ |
| 5305 | rel++; |
| 5306 | wrel++; |
| 5307 | continue; |
| 5308 | } |
| 5309 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC) |
| 5310 | { |
| 5311 | /* GDesc -> IE transition. |
| 5312 | It's originally something like: |
| 5313 | leaq x@tlsdesc(%rip), %rax |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 | Change it to: |
| 5316 | movq x@gottpoff(%rip), %rax # before xchg %ax,%ax. */ |
| 5317 | |
| 5318 | /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. To |
| 5319 | turn a leaq into a movq in the form we use it, it |
| 5320 | suffices to change the second byte from 0x8d to |
| 5321 | 0x8b. */ |
| 5322 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8b, contents + roff - 2); |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5325 | htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5326 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 5327 | - rel->r_offset |
| 5328 | - input_section->output_section->vma |
| 5329 | - input_section->output_offset |
| 5330 | - 4, |
| 5331 | contents + roff); |
| 5332 | continue; |
| 5333 | } |
| 5334 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL) |
| 5335 | { |
| 5336 | /* GDesc -> IE transition. |
| 5337 | It's originally: |
| 5338 | call *(%rax) |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 | Change it to: |
| 5341 | xchg %ax, %ax. */ |
| 5342 | |
| 5343 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff); |
| 5344 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1); |
| 5345 | continue; |
| 5346 | } |
| 5347 | else |
| 5348 | BFD_ASSERT (FALSE); |
| 5349 | } |
| 5350 | break; |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 | case R_X86_64_TLSLD: |
| 5353 | if (! elf_x86_64_tls_transition (info, input_bfd, |
| 5354 | input_section, contents, |
| 5355 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 5356 | &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, rel, |
| 5357 | relend, h, r_symndx, TRUE)) |
| 5358 | return FALSE; |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 | if (r_type != R_X86_64_TLSLD) |
| 5361 | { |
| 5362 | /* LD->LE transition: |
| 5363 | leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi |
| 5364 | call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 5365 | For 64bit, we change it into: |
| 5366 | .word 0x6666; .byte 0x66; movq %fs:0, %rax |
| 5367 | For 32bit, we change it into: |
| 5368 | nopl 0x0(%rax); movl %fs:0, %eax |
| 5369 | Or |
| 5370 | leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi; |
| 5371 | call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 5372 | which may be converted to |
| 5373 | addr32 call __tls_get_addr |
| 5374 | For 64bit, we change it into: |
| 5375 | .word 0x6666; .word 0x6666; movq %fs:0, %rax |
| 5376 | For 32bit, we change it into: |
| 5377 | nopw 0x0(%rax); movl %fs:0, %eax |
| 5378 | For largepic, change: |
| 5379 | leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi |
| 5380 | movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax |
| 5381 | addq %rbx, %rax |
| 5382 | call *%rax |
| 5383 | into |
| 5384 | data16 data16 data16 nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 5385 | movq %fs:0, %eax */ |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 | BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_X86_64_TPOFF32); |
| 5388 | if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 5389 | { |
| 5390 | if (contents[rel->r_offset + 5] == 0xb8) |
| 5391 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3, |
| 5392 | "\x66\x66\x66\x66\x2e\x0f\x1f\x84\0\0\0\0\0" |
| 5393 | "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0", 22); |
| 5394 | else if (contents[rel->r_offset + 4] == 0xff |
| 5395 | || contents[rel->r_offset + 4] == 0x67) |
| 5396 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3, |
| 5397 | "\x66\x66\x66\x66\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0", |
| 5398 | 13); |
| 5399 | else |
| 5400 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3, |
| 5401 | "\x66\x66\x66\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0", 12); |
| 5402 | } |
| 5403 | else |
| 5404 | { |
| 5405 | if (contents[rel->r_offset + 4] == 0xff) |
| 5406 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3, |
| 5407 | "\x66\x0f\x1f\x40\x00\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0", |
| 5408 | 13); |
| 5409 | else |
| 5410 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3, |
| 5411 | "\x0f\x1f\x40\x00\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0", 12); |
| 5412 | } |
| 5413 | /* Skip R_X86_64_PC32, R_X86_64_PLT32, R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX |
| 5414 | and R_X86_64_PLTOFF64. */ |
| 5415 | rel++; |
| 5416 | wrel++; |
| 5417 | continue; |
| 5418 | } |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 5421 | abort (); |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | off = htab->tls_ld_got.offset; |
| 5424 | if (off & 1) |
| 5425 | off &= ~1; |
| 5426 | else |
| 5427 | { |
| 5428 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 | if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 5431 | abort (); |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5434 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 5435 | |
| 5436 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 5437 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 5438 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 5439 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE); |
| 5440 | outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_DTPMOD64); |
| 5441 | outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| 5442 | elf_append_rela (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot, |
| 5443 | &outrel); |
| 5444 | htab->tls_ld_got.offset |= 1; |
| 5445 | } |
| 5446 | relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5447 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off; |
| 5448 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 5449 | break; |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | case R_X86_64_DTPOFF32: |
| 5452 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 5453 | || (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) |
| 5454 | relocation -= elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (info); |
| 5455 | else |
| 5456 | relocation = elf_x86_64_tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 5457 | break; |
| 5458 | |
| 5459 | case R_X86_64_TPOFF32: |
| 5460 | case R_X86_64_TPOFF64: |
| 5461 | BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_executable (info)); |
| 5462 | relocation = elf_x86_64_tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 5463 | break; |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 | case R_X86_64_DTPOFF64: |
| 5466 | BFD_ASSERT ((input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0); |
| 5467 | relocation -= elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (info); |
| 5468 | break; |
| 5469 | |
| 5470 | default: |
| 5471 | break; |
| 5472 | } |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 | /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections |
| 5475 | because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will |
| 5476 | not process them. */ |
| 5477 | if (unresolved_reloc |
| 5478 | && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 |
| 5479 | && h->def_dynamic) |
| 5480 | && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
| 5481 | rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5482 | { |
| 5483 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 5484 | (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"), |
| 5485 | input_bfd, |
| 5486 | input_section, |
| 5487 | (long) rel->r_offset, |
| 5488 | howto->name, |
| 5489 | h->root.root.string); |
| 5490 | return FALSE; |
| 5491 | } |
| 5492 | |
| 5493 | do_relocation: |
| 5494 | r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5495 | contents, rel->r_offset, |
| 5496 | relocation, rel->r_addend); |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 | check_relocation_error: |
| 5499 | if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
| 5500 | { |
| 5501 | const char *name; |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 | if (h != NULL) |
| 5504 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 5505 | else |
| 5506 | { |
| 5507 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, |
| 5508 | symtab_hdr->sh_link, |
| 5509 | sym->st_name); |
| 5510 | if (name == NULL) |
| 5511 | return FALSE; |
| 5512 | if (*name == '\0') |
| 5513 | name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); |
| 5514 | } |
| 5515 | |
| 5516 | if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) |
| 5517 | (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
| 5518 | (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name, |
| 5519 | (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); |
| 5520 | else |
| 5521 | { |
| 5522 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 5523 | (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"), |
| 5524 | input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5525 | (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r); |
| 5526 | return FALSE; |
| 5527 | } |
| 5528 | } |
| 5529 | |
| 5530 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 5531 | *wrel = *rel; |
| 5532 | } |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 5535 | { |
| 5536 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 5537 | size_t deleted = rel - wrel; |
| 5538 | |
| 5539 | rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section); |
| 5540 | rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; |
| 5541 | if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
| 5542 | { |
| 5543 | /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave |
| 5544 | one NONE reloc. |
| 5545 | ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */ |
| 5546 | rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 5547 | deleted -= 1; |
| 5548 | } |
| 5549 | rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section); |
| 5550 | rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; |
| 5551 | input_section->reloc_count -= deleted; |
| 5552 | } |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 | return TRUE; |
| 5555 | } |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various |
| 5558 | dynamic sections here. */ |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5561 | elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 5562 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 5563 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 5564 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 5565 | { |
| 5566 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 5567 | const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data *abed; |
| 5568 | bfd_boolean use_plt_bnd; |
| 5569 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 5570 | bfd_boolean local_undefweak; |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 5573 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 5574 | return FALSE; |
| 5575 | |
| 5576 | /* Use MPX backend data in case of BND relocation. Use .plt_bnd |
| 5577 | section only if there is .plt section. */ |
| 5578 | use_plt_bnd = htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->plt_bnd != NULL; |
| 5579 | abed = (use_plt_bnd |
| 5580 | ? &elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed |
| 5581 | : get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (output_bfd)); |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 | eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 | /* We keep PLT/GOT entries without dynamic PLT/GOT relocations for |
| 5586 | resolved undefined weak symbols in executable so that their |
| 5587 | references have value 0 at run-time. */ |
| 5588 | local_undefweak = UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info, |
| 5589 | eh->has_got_reloc, |
| 5590 | eh); |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5593 | { |
| 5594 | bfd_vma plt_index; |
| 5595 | bfd_vma got_offset, plt_offset, plt_plt_offset, plt_got_offset; |
| 5596 | bfd_vma plt_plt_insn_end, plt_got_insn_size; |
| 5597 | Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| 5598 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 5599 | asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt, *resolved_plt; |
| 5600 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 5601 | bfd_vma plt_got_pcrel_offset; |
| 5602 | |
| 5603 | /* When building a static executable, use .iplt, .igot.plt and |
| 5604 | .rela.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 5605 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 5606 | { |
| 5607 | plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 5608 | gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 5609 | relplt = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 5610 | } |
| 5611 | else |
| 5612 | { |
| 5613 | plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 5614 | gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt; |
| 5615 | relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 5616 | } |
| 5617 | |
| 5618 | /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set |
| 5619 | it up. */ |
| 5620 | if ((h->dynindx == -1 |
| 5621 | && !local_undefweak |
| 5622 | && !((h->forced_local || bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 5623 | && h->def_regular |
| 5624 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 5625 | || plt == NULL |
| 5626 | || gotplt == NULL |
| 5627 | || relplt == NULL) |
| 5628 | abort (); |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which |
| 5631 | corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol |
| 5632 | in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The |
| 5633 | first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 | Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that |
| 5636 | corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is GOT_ENTRY_SIZE |
| 5637 | bytes. The first three are reserved for the dynamic linker. |
| 5638 | |
| 5639 | For static executables, we don't reserve anything. */ |
| 5640 | |
| 5641 | if (plt == htab->elf.splt) |
| 5642 | { |
| 5643 | got_offset = h->plt.offset / abed->plt_entry_size - 1; |
| 5644 | got_offset = (got_offset + 3) * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 5645 | } |
| 5646 | else |
| 5647 | { |
| 5648 | got_offset = h->plt.offset / abed->plt_entry_size; |
| 5649 | got_offset = got_offset * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 5650 | } |
| 5651 | |
| 5652 | plt_plt_insn_end = abed->plt_plt_insn_end; |
| 5653 | plt_plt_offset = abed->plt_plt_offset; |
| 5654 | plt_got_insn_size = abed->plt_got_insn_size; |
| 5655 | plt_got_offset = abed->plt_got_offset; |
| 5656 | if (use_plt_bnd) |
| 5657 | { |
| 5658 | /* Use the second PLT with BND relocations. */ |
| 5659 | const bfd_byte *plt_entry, *plt2_entry; |
| 5660 | |
| 5661 | if (eh->has_bnd_reloc) |
| 5662 | { |
| 5663 | plt_entry = elf_x86_64_bnd_plt_entry; |
| 5664 | plt2_entry = elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry; |
| 5665 | } |
| 5666 | else |
| 5667 | { |
| 5668 | plt_entry = elf_x86_64_legacy_plt_entry; |
| 5669 | plt2_entry = elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry; |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 | /* Subtract 1 since there is no BND prefix. */ |
| 5672 | plt_plt_insn_end -= 1; |
| 5673 | plt_plt_offset -= 1; |
| 5674 | plt_got_insn_size -= 1; |
| 5675 | plt_got_offset -= 1; |
| 5676 | } |
| 5677 | |
| 5678 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt_entry) |
| 5679 | == sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt_entry)); |
| 5680 | |
| 5681 | /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5682 | memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, |
| 5683 | plt_entry, sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt_entry)); |
| 5684 | /* Fill in the entry in the second PLT. */ |
| 5685 | memcpy (htab->plt_bnd->contents + eh->plt_bnd.offset, |
| 5686 | plt2_entry, sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry)); |
| 5687 | |
| 5688 | resolved_plt = htab->plt_bnd; |
| 5689 | plt_offset = eh->plt_bnd.offset; |
| 5690 | } |
| 5691 | else |
| 5692 | { |
| 5693 | /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5694 | memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, abed->plt_entry, |
| 5695 | abed->plt_entry_size); |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | resolved_plt = plt; |
| 5698 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 5699 | } |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | /* Insert the relocation positions of the plt section. */ |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | /* Put offset the PC-relative instruction referring to the GOT entry, |
| 5704 | subtracting the size of that instruction. */ |
| 5705 | plt_got_pcrel_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5706 | + gotplt->output_offset |
| 5707 | + got_offset |
| 5708 | - resolved_plt->output_section->vma |
| 5709 | - resolved_plt->output_offset |
| 5710 | - plt_offset |
| 5711 | - plt_got_insn_size); |
| 5712 | |
| 5713 | /* Check PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry. */ |
| 5714 | if ((plt_got_pcrel_offset + 0x80000000) > 0xffffffff) |
| 5715 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%B: PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry for `%s'\n"), |
| 5716 | output_bfd, h->root.root.string); |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_got_pcrel_offset, |
| 5719 | resolved_plt->contents + plt_offset + plt_got_offset); |
| 5720 | |
| 5721 | /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table, initially this |
| 5722 | points to the second part of the PLT entry. Leave the entry |
| 5723 | as zero for undefined weak symbol in PIE. No PLT relocation |
| 5724 | against undefined weak symbol in PIE. */ |
| 5725 | if (!local_undefweak) |
| 5726 | { |
| 5727 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma |
| 5728 | + plt->output_offset |
| 5729 | + h->plt.offset |
| 5730 | + abed->plt_lazy_offset), |
| 5731 | gotplt->contents + got_offset); |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 | /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */ |
| 5734 | rela.r_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5735 | + gotplt->output_offset |
| 5736 | + got_offset); |
| 5737 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 5738 | || ((bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 5739 | || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) |
| 5740 | && h->def_regular |
| 5741 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 5742 | { |
| 5743 | /* If an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is locally defined, generate |
| 5744 | R_X86_64_IRELATIVE instead of R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT. */ |
| 5745 | rela.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_IRELATIVE); |
| 5746 | rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5747 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5748 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 5749 | /* R_X86_64_IRELATIVE comes last. */ |
| 5750 | plt_index = htab->next_irelative_index--; |
| 5751 | } |
| 5752 | else |
| 5753 | { |
| 5754 | rela.r_info = htab->r_info (h->dynindx, R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT); |
| 5755 | rela.r_addend = 0; |
| 5756 | plt_index = htab->next_jump_slot_index++; |
| 5757 | } |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 | /* Don't fill PLT entry for static executables. */ |
| 5760 | if (plt == htab->elf.splt) |
| 5761 | { |
| 5762 | bfd_vma plt0_offset = h->plt.offset + plt_plt_insn_end; |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 | /* Put relocation index. */ |
| 5765 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index, |
| 5766 | (plt->contents + h->plt.offset |
| 5767 | + abed->plt_reloc_offset)); |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | /* Put offset for jmp .PLT0 and check for overflow. We don't |
| 5770 | check relocation index for overflow since branch displacement |
| 5771 | will overflow first. */ |
| 5772 | if (plt0_offset > 0x80000000) |
| 5773 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%B: branch displacement overflow in PLT entry for `%s'\n"), |
| 5774 | output_bfd, h->root.root.string); |
| 5775 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, - plt0_offset, |
| 5776 | plt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_plt_offset); |
| 5777 | } |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 5780 | loc = relplt->contents + plt_index * bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 5781 | bed->s->swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| 5782 | } |
| 5783 | } |
| 5784 | else if (eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5785 | { |
| 5786 | bfd_vma got_offset, plt_offset, plt_got_offset, plt_got_insn_size; |
| 5787 | asection *plt, *got; |
| 5788 | bfd_boolean got_after_plt; |
| 5789 | int32_t got_pcrel_offset; |
| 5790 | const bfd_byte *got_plt_entry; |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 | /* Set the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5793 | plt = htab->plt_got; |
| 5794 | got = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 5795 | got_offset = h->got.offset; |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 | if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 5798 | || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 5799 | || plt == NULL |
| 5800 | || got == NULL) |
| 5801 | abort (); |
| 5802 | |
| 5803 | /* Use the second PLT entry template for the GOT PLT since they |
| 5804 | are the identical. */ |
| 5805 | plt_got_insn_size = elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed.plt_got_insn_size; |
| 5806 | plt_got_offset = elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed.plt_got_offset; |
| 5807 | if (eh->has_bnd_reloc) |
| 5808 | got_plt_entry = elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry; |
| 5809 | else |
| 5810 | { |
| 5811 | got_plt_entry = elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry; |
| 5812 | |
| 5813 | /* Subtract 1 since there is no BND prefix. */ |
| 5814 | plt_got_insn_size -= 1; |
| 5815 | plt_got_offset -= 1; |
| 5816 | } |
| 5817 | |
| 5818 | /* Fill in the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5819 | plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 5820 | memcpy (plt->contents + plt_offset, |
| 5821 | got_plt_entry, sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry)); |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 | /* Put offset the PC-relative instruction referring to the GOT |
| 5824 | entry, subtracting the size of that instruction. */ |
| 5825 | got_pcrel_offset = (got->output_section->vma |
| 5826 | + got->output_offset |
| 5827 | + got_offset |
| 5828 | - plt->output_section->vma |
| 5829 | - plt->output_offset |
| 5830 | - plt_offset |
| 5831 | - plt_got_insn_size); |
| 5832 | |
| 5833 | /* Check PC-relative offset overflow in GOT PLT entry. */ |
| 5834 | got_after_plt = got->output_section->vma > plt->output_section->vma; |
| 5835 | if ((got_after_plt && got_pcrel_offset < 0) |
| 5836 | || (!got_after_plt && got_pcrel_offset > 0)) |
| 5837 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%B: PC-relative offset overflow in GOT PLT entry for `%s'\n"), |
| 5838 | output_bfd, h->root.root.string); |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_pcrel_offset, |
| 5841 | plt->contents + plt_offset + plt_got_offset); |
| 5842 | } |
| 5843 | |
| 5844 | if (!local_undefweak |
| 5845 | && !h->def_regular |
| 5846 | && (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 5847 | || eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)) |
| 5848 | { |
| 5849 | /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in |
| 5850 | the .plt section. Leave the value if there were any |
| 5851 | relocations where pointer equality matters (this is a clue |
| 5852 | for the dynamic linker, to make function pointer |
| 5853 | comparisons work between an application and shared |
| 5854 | library), otherwise set it to zero. If a function is only |
| 5855 | called from a binary, there is no need to slow down |
| 5856 | shared libraries because of that. */ |
| 5857 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 5858 | if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 5859 | sym->st_value = 0; |
| 5860 | } |
| 5861 | |
| 5862 | /* Don't generate dynamic GOT relocation against undefined weak |
| 5863 | symbol in executable. */ |
| 5864 | if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 5865 | && ! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tls_type) |
| 5866 | && elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE |
| 5867 | && !local_undefweak) |
| 5868 | { |
| 5869 | Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 | /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it |
| 5872 | up. */ |
| 5873 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL || htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 5874 | abort (); |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 | rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5877 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 5878 | + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1)); |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 | /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the |
| 5881 | symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because |
| 5882 | of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. |
| 5883 | The entry in the global offset table will already have been |
| 5884 | initialized in the relocate_section function. */ |
| 5885 | if (h->def_regular |
| 5886 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 5887 | { |
| 5888 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5889 | { |
| 5890 | /* Generate R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT. */ |
| 5891 | goto do_glob_dat; |
| 5892 | } |
| 5893 | else |
| 5894 | { |
| 5895 | asection *plt; |
| 5896 | |
| 5897 | if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 5898 | abort (); |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | /* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which |
| 5901 | contains the real function addres if we need pointer |
| 5902 | equality. We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry. */ |
| 5903 | plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt; |
| 5904 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma |
| 5905 | + plt->output_offset |
| 5906 | + h->plt.offset), |
| 5907 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
| 5908 | return TRUE; |
| 5909 | } |
| 5910 | } |
| 5911 | else if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 5912 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 5913 | { |
| 5914 | if (!h->def_regular) |
| 5915 | return FALSE; |
| 5916 | BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) != 0); |
| 5917 | rela.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_RELATIVE); |
| 5918 | rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5919 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5920 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 5921 | } |
| 5922 | else |
| 5923 | { |
| 5924 | BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) == 0); |
| 5925 | do_glob_dat: |
| 5926 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, |
| 5927 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
| 5928 | rela.r_info = htab->r_info (h->dynindx, R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT); |
| 5929 | rela.r_addend = 0; |
| 5930 | } |
| 5931 | |
| 5932 | elf_append_rela (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot, &rela); |
| 5933 | } |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | if (h->needs_copy) |
| 5936 | { |
| 5937 | Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 5942 | || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 5943 | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 5944 | || htab->srelbss == NULL) |
| 5945 | abort (); |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5948 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5949 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 5950 | rela.r_info = htab->r_info (h->dynindx, R_X86_64_COPY); |
| 5951 | rela.r_addend = 0; |
| 5952 | elf_append_rela (output_bfd, htab->srelbss, &rela); |
| 5953 | } |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 | return TRUE; |
| 5956 | } |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 | /* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of |
| 5959 | various dynamic sections here. */ |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5962 | elf_x86_64_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf) |
| 5963 | { |
| 5964 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h |
| 5965 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot; |
| 5966 | struct bfd_link_info *info |
| 5967 | = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 5968 | |
| 5969 | return elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, |
| 5970 | info, h, NULL); |
| 5971 | } |
| 5972 | |
| 5973 | /* Finish up undefined weak symbol handling in PIE. Fill its PLT entry |
| 5974 | here since undefined weak symbol may not be dynamic and may not be |
| 5975 | called for elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_symbol. */ |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5978 | elf_x86_64_pie_finish_undefweak_symbol (struct bfd_hash_entry *bh, |
| 5979 | void *inf) |
| 5980 | { |
| 5981 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; |
| 5982 | struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 5985 | || h->dynindx != -1) |
| 5986 | return TRUE; |
| 5987 | |
| 5988 | return elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, |
| 5989 | info, h, NULL); |
| 5990 | } |
| 5991 | |
| 5992 | /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the |
| 5993 | dynamic linker, before writing them out. */ |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 | static enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| 5996 | elf_x86_64_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 5997 | const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 5998 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) |
| 5999 | { |
| 6000 | bfd *abfd = info->output_bfd; |
| 6001 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 6002 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 | if (htab->elf.dynsym != NULL |
| 6005 | && htab->elf.dynsym->contents != NULL) |
| 6006 | { |
| 6007 | /* Check relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol if there are |
| 6008 | dynamic symbols. */ |
| 6009 | unsigned long r_symndx = htab->r_sym (rela->r_info); |
| 6010 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 6011 | if (!bed->s->swap_symbol_in (abfd, |
| 6012 | (htab->elf.dynsym->contents |
| 6013 | + r_symndx * bed->s->sizeof_sym), |
| 6014 | 0, &sym)) |
| 6015 | abort (); |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 6018 | return reloc_class_ifunc; |
| 6019 | } |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) |
| 6022 | { |
| 6023 | case R_X86_64_RELATIVE: |
| 6024 | case R_X86_64_RELATIVE64: |
| 6025 | return reloc_class_relative; |
| 6026 | case R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 6027 | return reloc_class_plt; |
| 6028 | case R_X86_64_COPY: |
| 6029 | return reloc_class_copy; |
| 6030 | default: |
| 6031 | return reloc_class_normal; |
| 6032 | } |
| 6033 | } |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 | /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6038 | elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 6039 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 6040 | { |
| 6041 | struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 6042 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 6043 | asection *sdyn; |
| 6044 | const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data *abed; |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 | htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info); |
| 6047 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 6048 | return FALSE; |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 | /* Use MPX backend data in case of BND relocation. Use .plt_bnd |
| 6051 | section only if there is .plt section. */ |
| 6052 | abed = (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->plt_bnd != NULL |
| 6053 | ? &elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed |
| 6054 | : get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (output_bfd)); |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 | dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| 6057 | sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 6060 | { |
| 6061 | bfd_byte *dyncon, *dynconend; |
| 6062 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 6063 | bfd_size_type sizeof_dyn; |
| 6064 | |
| 6065 | if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 6066 | abort (); |
| 6067 | |
| 6068 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj); |
| 6069 | sizeof_dyn = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 6070 | dyncon = sdyn->contents; |
| 6071 | dynconend = sdyn->contents + sdyn->size; |
| 6072 | for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon += sizeof_dyn) |
| 6073 | { |
| 6074 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 6075 | asection *s; |
| 6076 | |
| 6077 | (*bed->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); |
| 6078 | |
| 6079 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 6080 | { |
| 6081 | default: |
| 6082 | continue; |
| 6083 | |
| 6084 | case DT_PLTGOT: |
| 6085 | s = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 6086 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| 6087 | break; |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 | case DT_JMPREL: |
| 6090 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->elf.srelplt->output_section->vma; |
| 6091 | break; |
| 6092 | |
| 6093 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: |
| 6094 | s = htab->elf.srelplt->output_section; |
| 6095 | dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size; |
| 6096 | break; |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 | case DT_RELASZ: |
| 6099 | /* The procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should |
| 6100 | not be included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). |
| 6101 | Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry here to |
| 6102 | make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since the |
| 6103 | linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all |
| 6104 | other relocation sections, we don't have to worry |
| 6105 | about changing the DT_RELA entry. */ |
| 6106 | if (htab->elf.srelplt != NULL) |
| 6107 | { |
| 6108 | s = htab->elf.srelplt->output_section; |
| 6109 | dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size; |
| 6110 | } |
| 6111 | break; |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 | case DT_TLSDESC_PLT: |
| 6114 | s = htab->elf.splt; |
| 6115 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset |
| 6116 | + htab->tlsdesc_plt; |
| 6117 | break; |
| 6118 | |
| 6119 | case DT_TLSDESC_GOT: |
| 6120 | s = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 6121 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset |
| 6122 | + htab->tlsdesc_got; |
| 6123 | break; |
| 6124 | } |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | (*bed->s->swap_dyn_out) (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 6127 | } |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 | /* Fill in the special first entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 6130 | if (htab->elf.splt && htab->elf.splt->size > 0) |
| 6131 | { |
| 6132 | /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 6133 | memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, |
| 6134 | abed->plt0_entry, abed->plt_entry_size); |
| 6135 | /* Add offset for pushq GOT+8(%rip), since the instruction |
| 6136 | uses 6 bytes subtract this value. */ |
| 6137 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 6138 | (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 6139 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 6140 | + 8 |
| 6141 | - htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 6142 | - htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 6143 | - 6), |
| 6144 | htab->elf.splt->contents + abed->plt0_got1_offset); |
| 6145 | /* Add offset for the PC-relative instruction accessing GOT+16, |
| 6146 | subtracting the offset to the end of that instruction. */ |
| 6147 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 6148 | (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 6149 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 6150 | + 16 |
| 6151 | - htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 6152 | - htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 6153 | - abed->plt0_got2_insn_end), |
| 6154 | htab->elf.splt->contents + abed->plt0_got2_offset); |
| 6155 | |
| 6156 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section) |
| 6157 | ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = abed->plt_entry_size; |
| 6158 | |
| 6159 | if (htab->tlsdesc_plt) |
| 6160 | { |
| 6161 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, |
| 6162 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + htab->tlsdesc_got); |
| 6163 | |
| 6164 | memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents + htab->tlsdesc_plt, |
| 6165 | abed->plt0_entry, abed->plt_entry_size); |
| 6166 | |
| 6167 | /* Add offset for pushq GOT+8(%rip), since the |
| 6168 | instruction uses 6 bytes subtract this value. */ |
| 6169 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 6170 | (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 6171 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 6172 | + 8 |
| 6173 | - htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 6174 | - htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 6175 | - htab->tlsdesc_plt |
| 6176 | - 6), |
| 6177 | htab->elf.splt->contents |
| 6178 | + htab->tlsdesc_plt + abed->plt0_got1_offset); |
| 6179 | /* Add offset for the PC-relative instruction accessing GOT+TDG, |
| 6180 | where TGD stands for htab->tlsdesc_got, subtracting the offset |
| 6181 | to the end of that instruction. */ |
| 6182 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 6183 | (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 6184 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 6185 | + htab->tlsdesc_got |
| 6186 | - htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 6187 | - htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 6188 | - htab->tlsdesc_plt |
| 6189 | - abed->plt0_got2_insn_end), |
| 6190 | htab->elf.splt->contents |
| 6191 | + htab->tlsdesc_plt + abed->plt0_got2_offset); |
| 6192 | } |
| 6193 | } |
| 6194 | } |
| 6195 | |
| 6196 | if (htab->plt_bnd != NULL) |
| 6197 | elf_section_data (htab->plt_bnd->output_section) |
| 6198 | ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry); |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | if (htab->elf.sgotplt) |
| 6201 | { |
| 6202 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)) |
| 6203 | { |
| 6204 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 6205 | (_("discarded output section: `%A'"), htab->elf.sgotplt); |
| 6206 | return FALSE; |
| 6207 | } |
| 6208 | |
| 6209 | /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */ |
| 6210 | if (htab->elf.sgotplt->size > 0) |
| 6211 | { |
| 6212 | /* Set the first entry in the global offset table to the address of |
| 6213 | the dynamic section. */ |
| 6214 | if (sdyn == NULL) |
| 6215 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents); |
| 6216 | else |
| 6217 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, |
| 6218 | sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset, |
| 6219 | htab->elf.sgotplt->contents); |
| 6220 | /* Write GOT[1] and GOT[2], needed for the dynamic linker. */ |
| 6221 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE); |
| 6222 | bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE*2); |
| 6223 | } |
| 6224 | |
| 6225 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = |
| 6226 | GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 6227 | } |
| 6228 | |
| 6229 | /* Adjust .eh_frame for .plt section. */ |
| 6230 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 6231 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 6232 | { |
| 6233 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL |
| 6234 | && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 |
| 6235 | && (htab->elf.splt->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 |
| 6236 | && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL |
| 6237 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section != NULL) |
| 6238 | { |
| 6239 | bfd_vma plt_start = htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma; |
| 6240 | bfd_vma eh_frame_start = htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section->vma |
| 6241 | + htab->plt_eh_frame->output_offset |
| 6242 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET; |
| 6243 | bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start, |
| 6244 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents |
| 6245 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET); |
| 6246 | } |
| 6247 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME) |
| 6248 | { |
| 6249 | if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, |
| 6250 | htab->plt_eh_frame, |
| 6251 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents)) |
| 6252 | return FALSE; |
| 6253 | } |
| 6254 | } |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 | if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0) |
| 6257 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize |
| 6258 | = GOT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 6259 | |
| 6260 | /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 6261 | htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, |
| 6262 | elf_x86_64_finish_local_dynamic_symbol, |
| 6263 | info); |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | /* Fill PLT entries for undefined weak symbols in PIE. */ |
| 6266 | if (bfd_link_pie (info)) |
| 6267 | bfd_hash_traverse (&info->hash->table, |
| 6268 | elf_x86_64_pie_finish_undefweak_symbol, |
| 6269 | info); |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 | return TRUE; |
| 6272 | } |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | /* Return an array of PLT entry symbol values. */ |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 | static bfd_vma * |
| 6277 | elf_x86_64_get_plt_sym_val (bfd *abfd, asymbol **dynsyms, asection *plt, |
| 6278 | asection *relplt) |
| 6279 | { |
| 6280 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| 6281 | arelent *p; |
| 6282 | long count, i; |
| 6283 | bfd_vma *plt_sym_val; |
| 6284 | bfd_vma plt_offset; |
| 6285 | bfd_byte *plt_contents; |
| 6286 | const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data *bed; |
| 6287 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 6288 | asection *plt_bnd; |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 | /* Get the .plt section contents. PLT passed down may point to the |
| 6291 | .plt.bnd section. Make sure that PLT always points to the .plt |
| 6292 | section. */ |
| 6293 | plt_bnd = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt.bnd"); |
| 6294 | if (plt_bnd) |
| 6295 | { |
| 6296 | if (plt != plt_bnd) |
| 6297 | abort (); |
| 6298 | plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); |
| 6299 | if (plt == NULL) |
| 6300 | abort (); |
| 6301 | bed = &elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed; |
| 6302 | } |
| 6303 | else |
| 6304 | bed = get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (abfd); |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 | plt_contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (plt->size); |
| 6307 | if (plt_contents == NULL) |
| 6308 | return NULL; |
| 6309 | if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, (asection *) plt, |
| 6310 | plt_contents, 0, plt->size)) |
| 6311 | { |
| 6312 | bad_return: |
| 6313 | free (plt_contents); |
| 6314 | return NULL; |
| 6315 | } |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| 6318 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) |
| 6319 | goto bad_return; |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 | hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; |
| 6322 | count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 | plt_sym_val = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (sizeof (bfd_vma) * count); |
| 6325 | if (plt_sym_val == NULL) |
| 6326 | goto bad_return; |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
| 6329 | plt_sym_val[i] = -1; |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 | plt_offset = bed->plt_entry_size; |
| 6332 | p = relplt->relocation; |
| 6333 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) |
| 6334 | { |
| 6335 | long reloc_index; |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 | /* Skip unknown relocation. */ |
| 6338 | if (p->howto == NULL) |
| 6339 | continue; |
| 6340 | |
| 6341 | if (p->howto->type != R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT |
| 6342 | && p->howto->type != R_X86_64_IRELATIVE) |
| 6343 | continue; |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | reloc_index = H_GET_32 (abfd, (plt_contents + plt_offset |
| 6346 | + bed->plt_reloc_offset)); |
| 6347 | if (reloc_index < count) |
| 6348 | { |
| 6349 | if (plt_bnd) |
| 6350 | { |
| 6351 | /* This is the index in .plt section. */ |
| 6352 | long plt_index = plt_offset / bed->plt_entry_size; |
| 6353 | /* Store VMA + the offset in .plt.bnd section. */ |
| 6354 | plt_sym_val[reloc_index] = |
| 6355 | (plt_bnd->vma |
| 6356 | + (plt_index - 1) * sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry)); |
| 6357 | } |
| 6358 | else |
| 6359 | plt_sym_val[reloc_index] = plt->vma + plt_offset; |
| 6360 | } |
| 6361 | plt_offset += bed->plt_entry_size; |
| 6362 | |
| 6363 | /* PR binutils/18437: Skip extra relocations in the .rela.plt |
| 6364 | section. */ |
| 6365 | if (plt_offset >= plt->size) |
| 6366 | break; |
| 6367 | } |
| 6368 | |
| 6369 | free (plt_contents); |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 | return plt_sym_val; |
| 6372 | } |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 | /* Similar to _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab, with .plt.bnd section |
| 6375 | support. */ |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | static long |
| 6378 | elf_x86_64_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| 6379 | long symcount, |
| 6380 | asymbol **syms, |
| 6381 | long dynsymcount, |
| 6382 | asymbol **dynsyms, |
| 6383 | asymbol **ret) |
| 6384 | { |
| 6385 | /* Pass the .plt.bnd section to _bfd_elf_ifunc_get_synthetic_symtab |
| 6386 | as PLT if it exists. */ |
| 6387 | asection *plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt.bnd"); |
| 6388 | if (plt == NULL) |
| 6389 | plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); |
| 6390 | return _bfd_elf_ifunc_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms, |
| 6391 | dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret, |
| 6392 | plt, |
| 6393 | elf_x86_64_get_plt_sym_val); |
| 6394 | } |
| 6395 | |
| 6396 | /* Handle an x86-64 specific section when reading an object file. This |
| 6397 | is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type. */ |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6400 | elf_x86_64_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
| 6401 | const char *name, int shindex) |
| 6402 | { |
| 6403 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_X86_64_UNWIND) |
| 6404 | return FALSE; |
| 6405 | |
| 6406 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| 6407 | return FALSE; |
| 6408 | |
| 6409 | return TRUE; |
| 6410 | } |
| 6411 | |
| 6412 | /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object |
| 6413 | file. We use it to put SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON items in .lbss, instead |
| 6414 | of .bss. */ |
| 6415 | |
| 6416 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6417 | elf_x86_64_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, |
| 6418 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6419 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| 6420 | const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6421 | flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6422 | asection **secp, |
| 6423 | bfd_vma *valp) |
| 6424 | { |
| 6425 | asection *lcomm; |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 | switch (sym->st_shndx) |
| 6428 | { |
| 6429 | case SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON: |
| 6430 | lcomm = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, "LARGE_COMMON"); |
| 6431 | if (lcomm == NULL) |
| 6432 | { |
| 6433 | lcomm = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, |
| 6434 | "LARGE_COMMON", |
| 6435 | (SEC_ALLOC |
| 6436 | | SEC_IS_COMMON |
| 6437 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)); |
| 6438 | if (lcomm == NULL) |
| 6439 | return FALSE; |
| 6440 | elf_section_flags (lcomm) |= SHF_X86_64_LARGE; |
| 6441 | } |
| 6442 | *secp = lcomm; |
| 6443 | *valp = sym->st_size; |
| 6444 | return TRUE; |
| 6445 | } |
| 6446 | |
| 6447 | return TRUE; |
| 6448 | } |
| 6449 | |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 | /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section |
| 6452 | index. */ |
| 6453 | |
| 6454 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6455 | elf_x86_64_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6456 | asection *sec, int *index_return) |
| 6457 | { |
| 6458 | if (sec == &_bfd_elf_large_com_section) |
| 6459 | { |
| 6460 | *index_return = SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON; |
| 6461 | return TRUE; |
| 6462 | } |
| 6463 | return FALSE; |
| 6464 | } |
| 6465 | |
| 6466 | /* Process a symbol. */ |
| 6467 | |
| 6468 | static void |
| 6469 | elf_x86_64_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6470 | asymbol *asym) |
| 6471 | { |
| 6472 | elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym; |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 | switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx) |
| 6475 | { |
| 6476 | case SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON: |
| 6477 | asym->section = &_bfd_elf_large_com_section; |
| 6478 | asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
| 6479 | /* Common symbol doesn't set BSF_GLOBAL. */ |
| 6480 | asym->flags &= ~BSF_GLOBAL; |
| 6481 | break; |
| 6482 | } |
| 6483 | } |
| 6484 | |
| 6485 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6486 | elf_x86_64_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 6487 | { |
| 6488 | return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON |
| 6489 | || sym->st_shndx == SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON); |
| 6490 | } |
| 6491 | |
| 6492 | static unsigned int |
| 6493 | elf_x86_64_common_section_index (asection *sec) |
| 6494 | { |
| 6495 | if ((elf_section_flags (sec) & SHF_X86_64_LARGE) == 0) |
| 6496 | return SHN_COMMON; |
| 6497 | else |
| 6498 | return SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON; |
| 6499 | } |
| 6500 | |
| 6501 | static asection * |
| 6502 | elf_x86_64_common_section (asection *sec) |
| 6503 | { |
| 6504 | if ((elf_section_flags (sec) & SHF_X86_64_LARGE) == 0) |
| 6505 | return bfd_com_section_ptr; |
| 6506 | else |
| 6507 | return &_bfd_elf_large_com_section; |
| 6508 | } |
| 6509 | |
| 6510 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6511 | elf_x86_64_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 6512 | const Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| 6513 | asection **psec, |
| 6514 | bfd_boolean newdef, |
| 6515 | bfd_boolean olddef, |
| 6516 | bfd *oldbfd, |
| 6517 | const asection *oldsec) |
| 6518 | { |
| 6519 | /* A normal common symbol and a large common symbol result in a |
| 6520 | normal common symbol. We turn the large common symbol into a |
| 6521 | normal one. */ |
| 6522 | if (!olddef |
| 6523 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common |
| 6524 | && !newdef |
| 6525 | && bfd_is_com_section (*psec) |
| 6526 | && oldsec != *psec) |
| 6527 | { |
| 6528 | if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON |
| 6529 | && (elf_section_flags (oldsec) & SHF_X86_64_LARGE) != 0) |
| 6530 | { |
| 6531 | h->root.u.c.p->section |
| 6532 | = bfd_make_section_old_way (oldbfd, "COMMON"); |
| 6533 | h->root.u.c.p->section->flags = SEC_ALLOC; |
| 6534 | } |
| 6535 | else if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON |
| 6536 | && (elf_section_flags (oldsec) & SHF_X86_64_LARGE) == 0) |
| 6537 | *psec = bfd_com_section_ptr; |
| 6538 | } |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 | return TRUE; |
| 6541 | } |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 | static int |
| 6544 | elf_x86_64_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd, |
| 6545 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6546 | { |
| 6547 | asection *s; |
| 6548 | int count = 0; |
| 6549 | |
| 6550 | /* Check to see if we need a large readonly segment. */ |
| 6551 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".lrodata"); |
| 6552 | if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD)) |
| 6553 | count++; |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 | /* Check to see if we need a large data segment. Since .lbss sections |
| 6556 | is placed right after the .bss section, there should be no need for |
| 6557 | a large data segment just because of .lbss. */ |
| 6558 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".ldata"); |
| 6559 | if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD)) |
| 6560 | count++; |
| 6561 | |
| 6562 | return count; |
| 6563 | } |
| 6564 | |
| 6565 | /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ |
| 6566 | |
| 6567 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6568 | elf_x86_64_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 6569 | { |
| 6570 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 6571 | && !h->def_regular |
| 6572 | && !h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 6573 | return FALSE; |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 | return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); |
| 6576 | } |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 | /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT. */ |
| 6579 | |
| 6580 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6581 | elf_x86_64_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target *input, |
| 6582 | const bfd_target *output) |
| 6583 | { |
| 6584 | return ((xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input)->s->elfclass |
| 6585 | == xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output)->s->elfclass) |
| 6586 | && _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (input, output)); |
| 6587 | } |
| 6588 | |
| 6589 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section |
| 6590 | elf_x86_64_special_sections[]= |
| 6591 | { |
| 6592 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.lb"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_X86_64_LARGE}, |
| 6593 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.lr"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_X86_64_LARGE}, |
| 6594 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.lt"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR + SHF_X86_64_LARGE}, |
| 6595 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_X86_64_LARGE}, |
| 6596 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ldata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_X86_64_LARGE}, |
| 6597 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lrodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_X86_64_LARGE}, |
| 6598 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 6599 | }; |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM x86_64_elf64_vec |
| 6602 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-x86-64" |
| 6603 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i386 |
| 6604 | #define ELF_TARGET_ID X86_64_ELF_DATA |
| 6605 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_X86_64 |
| 6606 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x200000 |
| 6607 | #define ELF_MINPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 6608 | #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 6609 | |
| 6610 | #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 |
| 6611 | #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 |
| 6612 | #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 |
| 6613 | #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 |
| 6614 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 6615 | #define elf_backend_got_header_size (GOT_ENTRY_SIZE*3) |
| 6616 | #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1 |
| 6617 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4 |
| 6618 | #define elf_backend_extern_protected_data 1 |
| 6619 | #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1 |
| 6620 | |
| 6621 | #define elf_info_to_howto elf_x86_64_info_to_howto |
| 6622 | |
| 6623 | #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ |
| 6624 | elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_create |
| 6625 | #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup elf_x86_64_reloc_type_lookup |
| 6626 | #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \ |
| 6627 | elf_x86_64_reloc_name_lookup |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 | #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol elf_x86_64_adjust_dynamic_symbol |
| 6630 | #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible elf_x86_64_relocs_compatible |
| 6631 | #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_x86_64_check_relocs |
| 6632 | #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_x86_64_copy_indirect_symbol |
| 6633 | #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections elf_x86_64_create_dynamic_sections |
| 6634 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_sections |
| 6635 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_symbol |
| 6636 | #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_x86_64_gc_mark_hook |
| 6637 | #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_x86_64_grok_prstatus |
| 6638 | #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_x86_64_grok_psinfo |
| 6639 | #ifdef CORE_HEADER |
| 6640 | #define elf_backend_write_core_note elf_x86_64_write_core_note |
| 6641 | #endif |
| 6642 | #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf_x86_64_reloc_type_class |
| 6643 | #define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_x86_64_relocate_section |
| 6644 | #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf_x86_64_size_dynamic_sections |
| 6645 | #define elf_backend_always_size_sections elf_x86_64_always_size_sections |
| 6646 | #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section |
| 6647 | #define elf_backend_object_p elf64_x86_64_elf_object_p |
| 6648 | #define bfd_elf64_mkobject elf_x86_64_mkobject |
| 6649 | #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab elf_x86_64_get_synthetic_symtab |
| 6650 | |
| 6651 | #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr \ |
| 6652 | elf_x86_64_section_from_shdr |
| 6653 | |
| 6654 | #define elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section \ |
| 6655 | elf_x86_64_elf_section_from_bfd_section |
| 6656 | #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ |
| 6657 | elf_x86_64_add_symbol_hook |
| 6658 | #define elf_backend_symbol_processing \ |
| 6659 | elf_x86_64_symbol_processing |
| 6660 | #define elf_backend_common_section_index \ |
| 6661 | elf_x86_64_common_section_index |
| 6662 | #define elf_backend_common_section \ |
| 6663 | elf_x86_64_common_section |
| 6664 | #define elf_backend_common_definition \ |
| 6665 | elf_x86_64_common_definition |
| 6666 | #define elf_backend_merge_symbol \ |
| 6667 | elf_x86_64_merge_symbol |
| 6668 | #define elf_backend_special_sections \ |
| 6669 | elf_x86_64_special_sections |
| 6670 | #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers \ |
| 6671 | elf_x86_64_additional_program_headers |
| 6672 | #define elf_backend_hash_symbol \ |
| 6673 | elf_x86_64_hash_symbol |
| 6674 | #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \ |
| 6675 | ((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true) |
| 6676 | #define elf_backend_fixup_symbol \ |
| 6677 | elf_x86_64_fixup_symbol |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | #include "elf64-target.h" |
| 6680 | |
| 6681 | /* CloudABI support. */ |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6684 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM x86_64_elf64_cloudabi_vec |
| 6685 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6686 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-x86-64-cloudabi" |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6689 | #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_CLOUDABI |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 | #undef elf64_bed |
| 6692 | #define elf64_bed elf64_x86_64_cloudabi_bed |
| 6693 | |
| 6694 | #include "elf64-target.h" |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 | /* FreeBSD support. */ |
| 6697 | |
| 6698 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6699 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM x86_64_elf64_fbsd_vec |
| 6700 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6701 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-x86-64-freebsd" |
| 6702 | |
| 6703 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6704 | #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 | #undef elf64_bed |
| 6707 | #define elf64_bed elf64_x86_64_fbsd_bed |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 | #include "elf64-target.h" |
| 6710 | |
| 6711 | /* Solaris 2 support. */ |
| 6712 | |
| 6713 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6714 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM x86_64_elf64_sol2_vec |
| 6715 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6716 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-x86-64-sol2" |
| 6717 | |
| 6718 | /* Restore default: we cannot use ELFOSABI_SOLARIS, otherwise ELFOSABI_NONE |
| 6719 | objects won't be recognized. */ |
| 6720 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6721 | |
| 6722 | #undef elf64_bed |
| 6723 | #define elf64_bed elf64_x86_64_sol2_bed |
| 6724 | |
| 6725 | /* The 64-bit static TLS arena size is rounded to the nearest 16-byte |
| 6726 | boundary. */ |
| 6727 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 6728 | #define elf_backend_static_tls_alignment 16 |
| 6729 | |
| 6730 | /* The Solaris 2 ABI requires a plt symbol on all platforms. |
| 6731 | |
| 6732 | Cf. Linker and Libraries Guide, Ch. 2, Link-Editor, Generating the Output |
| 6733 | File, p.63. */ |
| 6734 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 6735 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 |
| 6736 | |
| 6737 | #undef elf_backend_strtab_flags |
| 6738 | #define elf_backend_strtab_flags SHF_STRINGS |
| 6739 | |
| 6740 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6741 | elf64_x86_64_copy_solaris_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6742 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6743 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr *isection ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6744 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *osection ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6745 | { |
| 6746 | /* PR 19938: FIXME: Need to add code for setting the sh_info |
| 6747 | and sh_link fields of Solaris specific section types. */ |
| 6748 | return FALSE; |
| 6749 | } |
| 6750 | |
| 6751 | #undef elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields |
| 6752 | #define elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields elf64_x86_64_copy_solaris_special_section_fields |
| 6753 | |
| 6754 | #include "elf64-target.h" |
| 6755 | |
| 6756 | /* Native Client support. */ |
| 6757 | |
| 6758 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6759 | elf64_x86_64_nacl_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 6760 | { |
| 6761 | /* Set the right machine number for a NaCl x86-64 ELF64 file. */ |
| 6762 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_x86_64_nacl); |
| 6763 | return TRUE; |
| 6764 | } |
| 6765 | |
| 6766 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6767 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM x86_64_elf64_nacl_vec |
| 6768 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6769 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-x86-64-nacl" |
| 6770 | #undef elf64_bed |
| 6771 | #define elf64_bed elf64_x86_64_nacl_bed |
| 6772 | |
| 6773 | #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
| 6774 | #undef ELF_MINPAGESIZE |
| 6775 | #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE |
| 6776 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 |
| 6777 | #define ELF_MINPAGESIZE 0x10000 |
| 6778 | #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x10000 |
| 6779 | |
| 6780 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 6781 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6782 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 6783 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 6784 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 6785 | #undef elf_backend_strtab_flags |
| 6786 | #undef elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields |
| 6787 | |
| 6788 | /* NaCl uses substantially different PLT entries for the same effects. */ |
| 6789 | |
| 6790 | #undef elf_backend_plt_alignment |
| 6791 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 5 |
| 6792 | #define NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64 |
| 6793 | #define NACLMASK 0xe0 /* 32-byte alignment mask. */ |
| 6794 | |
| 6795 | static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_nacl_plt0_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 6796 | { |
| 6797 | 0xff, 0x35, 8, 0, 0, 0, /* pushq GOT+8(%rip) */ |
| 6798 | 0x4c, 0x8b, 0x1d, 16, 0, 0, 0, /* mov GOT+16(%rip), %r11 */ |
| 6799 | 0x41, 0x83, 0xe3, NACLMASK, /* and $-32, %r11d */ |
| 6800 | 0x4d, 0x01, 0xfb, /* add %r15, %r11 */ |
| 6801 | 0x41, 0xff, 0xe3, /* jmpq *%r11 */ |
| 6802 | |
| 6803 | /* 9-byte nop sequence to pad out to the next 32-byte boundary. */ |
| 6804 | 0x66, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1) */ |
| 6805 | |
| 6806 | /* 32 bytes of nop to pad out to the standard size. */ |
| 6807 | 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, /* excess data16 prefixes */ |
| 6808 | 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) */ |
| 6809 | 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, /* excess data16 prefixes */ |
| 6810 | 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) */ |
| 6811 | 0x66, /* excess data16 prefix */ |
| 6812 | 0x90 /* nop */ |
| 6813 | }; |
| 6814 | |
| 6815 | static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_nacl_plt_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 6816 | { |
| 6817 | 0x4c, 0x8b, 0x1d, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* mov name@GOTPCREL(%rip),%r11 */ |
| 6818 | 0x41, 0x83, 0xe3, NACLMASK, /* and $-32, %r11d */ |
| 6819 | 0x4d, 0x01, 0xfb, /* add %r15, %r11 */ |
| 6820 | 0x41, 0xff, 0xe3, /* jmpq *%r11 */ |
| 6821 | |
| 6822 | /* 15-byte nop sequence to pad out to the next 32-byte boundary. */ |
| 6823 | 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, /* excess data16 prefixes */ |
| 6824 | 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) */ |
| 6825 | |
| 6826 | /* Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned). */ |
| 6827 | 0x68, /* pushq immediate */ |
| 6828 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with index into relocation table. */ |
| 6829 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 6830 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to start of .plt0. */ |
| 6831 | |
| 6832 | /* 22 bytes of nop to pad out to the standard size. */ |
| 6833 | 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, /* excess data16 prefixes */ |
| 6834 | 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) */ |
| 6835 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x80, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* nopl 0x0(%rax) */ |
| 6836 | }; |
| 6837 | |
| 6838 | /* .eh_frame covering the .plt section. */ |
| 6839 | |
| 6840 | static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_nacl_eh_frame_plt[] = |
| 6841 | { |
| 6842 | #if (PLT_CIE_LENGTH != 20 \ |
| 6843 | || PLT_FDE_LENGTH != 36 \ |
| 6844 | || PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8 \ |
| 6845 | || PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12) |
| 6846 | # error "Need elf_x86_64_backend_data parameters for eh_frame_plt offsets!" |
| 6847 | #endif |
| 6848 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */ |
| 6849 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */ |
| 6850 | 1, /* CIE version */ |
| 6851 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */ |
| 6852 | 1, /* Code alignment factor */ |
| 6853 | 0x78, /* Data alignment factor */ |
| 6854 | 16, /* Return address column */ |
| 6855 | 1, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 6856 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */ |
| 6857 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 7, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r7 (rsp) ofs 8 */ |
| 6858 | DW_CFA_offset + 16, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r16 (rip) at cfa-8 */ |
| 6859 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, |
| 6860 | |
| 6861 | PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */ |
| 6862 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0,/* CIE pointer */ |
| 6863 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_X86_64_PC32 .plt goes here */ |
| 6864 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */ |
| 6865 | 0, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 6866 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16 */ |
| 6867 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */ |
| 6868 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24 */ |
| 6869 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 58, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 58 to __PLT__+64 */ |
| 6870 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */ |
| 6871 | 13, /* Block length */ |
| 6872 | DW_OP_breg7, 8, /* DW_OP_breg7 (rsp): 8 */ |
| 6873 | DW_OP_breg16, 0, /* DW_OP_breg16 (rip): 0 */ |
| 6874 | DW_OP_const1u, 63, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_const1u, 37, DW_OP_ge, |
| 6875 | DW_OP_lit3, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus, |
| 6876 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop |
| 6877 | }; |
| 6878 | |
| 6879 | static const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data elf_x86_64_nacl_arch_bed = |
| 6880 | { |
| 6881 | elf_x86_64_nacl_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */ |
| 6882 | elf_x86_64_nacl_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 6883 | NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 6884 | 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */ |
| 6885 | 9, /* plt0_got2_offset */ |
| 6886 | 13, /* plt0_got2_insn_end */ |
| 6887 | 3, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 6888 | 33, /* plt_reloc_offset */ |
| 6889 | 38, /* plt_plt_offset */ |
| 6890 | 7, /* plt_got_insn_size */ |
| 6891 | 42, /* plt_plt_insn_end */ |
| 6892 | 32, /* plt_lazy_offset */ |
| 6893 | elf_x86_64_nacl_eh_frame_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 6894 | sizeof (elf_x86_64_nacl_eh_frame_plt), /* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 6895 | }; |
| 6896 | |
| 6897 | #undef elf_backend_arch_data |
| 6898 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_x86_64_nacl_arch_bed |
| 6899 | |
| 6900 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 6901 | #define elf_backend_object_p elf64_x86_64_nacl_elf_object_p |
| 6902 | #undef elf_backend_modify_segment_map |
| 6903 | #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map nacl_modify_segment_map |
| 6904 | #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers |
| 6905 | #define elf_backend_modify_program_headers nacl_modify_program_headers |
| 6906 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 6907 | #define elf_backend_final_write_processing nacl_final_write_processing |
| 6908 | |
| 6909 | #include "elf64-target.h" |
| 6910 | |
| 6911 | /* Native Client x32 support. */ |
| 6912 | |
| 6913 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6914 | elf32_x86_64_nacl_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 6915 | { |
| 6916 | /* Set the right machine number for a NaCl x86-64 ELF32 file. */ |
| 6917 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_x64_32_nacl); |
| 6918 | return TRUE; |
| 6919 | } |
| 6920 | |
| 6921 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6922 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM x86_64_elf32_nacl_vec |
| 6923 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6924 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-x86-64-nacl" |
| 6925 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6926 | #define elf32_bed elf32_x86_64_nacl_bed |
| 6927 | |
| 6928 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ |
| 6929 | elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_create |
| 6930 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup \ |
| 6931 | elf_x86_64_reloc_type_lookup |
| 6932 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \ |
| 6933 | elf_x86_64_reloc_name_lookup |
| 6934 | #define bfd_elf32_mkobject \ |
| 6935 | elf_x86_64_mkobject |
| 6936 | #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab \ |
| 6937 | elf_x86_64_get_synthetic_symtab |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 6940 | #define elf_backend_object_p \ |
| 6941 | elf32_x86_64_nacl_elf_object_p |
| 6942 | |
| 6943 | #undef elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory |
| 6944 | #define elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory \ |
| 6945 | _bfd_elf32_bfd_from_remote_memory |
| 6946 | |
| 6947 | #undef elf_backend_size_info |
| 6948 | #define elf_backend_size_info \ |
| 6949 | _bfd_elf32_size_info |
| 6950 | |
| 6951 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6952 | |
| 6953 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 6954 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 6955 | #define elf_backend_object_p elf64_x86_64_elf_object_p |
| 6956 | #undef elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory |
| 6957 | #undef elf_backend_size_info |
| 6958 | #undef elf_backend_modify_segment_map |
| 6959 | #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers |
| 6960 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 6961 | |
| 6962 | /* Intel L1OM support. */ |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6965 | elf64_l1om_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 6966 | { |
| 6967 | /* Set the right machine number for an L1OM elf64 file. */ |
| 6968 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_l1om, bfd_mach_l1om); |
| 6969 | return TRUE; |
| 6970 | } |
| 6971 | |
| 6972 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6973 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM l1om_elf64_vec |
| 6974 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6975 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-l1om" |
| 6976 | #undef ELF_ARCH |
| 6977 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_l1om |
| 6978 | |
| 6979 | #undef ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 6980 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_L1OM |
| 6981 | |
| 6982 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 | #undef elf64_bed |
| 6985 | #define elf64_bed elf64_l1om_bed |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 6988 | #define elf_backend_object_p elf64_l1om_elf_object_p |
| 6989 | |
| 6990 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 6991 | #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
| 6992 | #undef ELF_MINPAGESIZE |
| 6993 | #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE |
| 6994 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x200000 |
| 6995 | #define ELF_MINPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 6996 | #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 6997 | #undef elf_backend_plt_alignment |
| 6998 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4 |
| 6999 | #undef elf_backend_arch_data |
| 7000 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_x86_64_arch_bed |
| 7001 | |
| 7002 | #include "elf64-target.h" |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 | /* FreeBSD L1OM support. */ |
| 7005 | |
| 7006 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 7007 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM l1om_elf64_fbsd_vec |
| 7008 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 7009 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-l1om-freebsd" |
| 7010 | |
| 7011 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 7012 | #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD |
| 7013 | |
| 7014 | #undef elf64_bed |
| 7015 | #define elf64_bed elf64_l1om_fbsd_bed |
| 7016 | |
| 7017 | #include "elf64-target.h" |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 | /* Intel K1OM support. */ |
| 7020 | |
| 7021 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7022 | elf64_k1om_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 7023 | { |
| 7024 | /* Set the right machine number for an K1OM elf64 file. */ |
| 7025 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_k1om, bfd_mach_k1om); |
| 7026 | return TRUE; |
| 7027 | } |
| 7028 | |
| 7029 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 7030 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM k1om_elf64_vec |
| 7031 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 7032 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-k1om" |
| 7033 | #undef ELF_ARCH |
| 7034 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_k1om |
| 7035 | |
| 7036 | #undef ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 7037 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_K1OM |
| 7038 | |
| 7039 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | #undef elf64_bed |
| 7042 | #define elf64_bed elf64_k1om_bed |
| 7043 | |
| 7044 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 7045 | #define elf_backend_object_p elf64_k1om_elf_object_p |
| 7046 | |
| 7047 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 7048 | |
| 7049 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 7050 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 7051 | |
| 7052 | #include "elf64-target.h" |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | /* FreeBSD K1OM support. */ |
| 7055 | |
| 7056 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 7057 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM k1om_elf64_fbsd_vec |
| 7058 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 7059 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-k1om-freebsd" |
| 7060 | |
| 7061 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 7062 | #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD |
| 7063 | |
| 7064 | #undef elf64_bed |
| 7065 | #define elf64_bed elf64_k1om_fbsd_bed |
| 7066 | |
| 7067 | #include "elf64-target.h" |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 | /* 32bit x86-64 support. */ |
| 7070 | |
| 7071 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 7072 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM x86_64_elf32_vec |
| 7073 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 7074 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-x86-64" |
| 7075 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 7076 | |
| 7077 | #undef ELF_ARCH |
| 7078 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i386 |
| 7079 | |
| 7080 | #undef ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 7081 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_X86_64 |
| 7082 | |
| 7083 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 7084 | |
| 7085 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 7086 | #define elf_backend_object_p \ |
| 7087 | elf32_x86_64_elf_object_p |
| 7088 | |
| 7089 | #undef elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory |
| 7090 | #define elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory \ |
| 7091 | _bfd_elf32_bfd_from_remote_memory |
| 7092 | |
| 7093 | #undef elf_backend_size_info |
| 7094 | #define elf_backend_size_info \ |
| 7095 | _bfd_elf32_size_info |
| 7096 | |
| 7097 | #include "elf32-target.h" |